1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
109 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
111 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
113 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
115 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
116 struct linespec_result *,
120 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
121 struct linespec_result *,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype,
123 enum bpdisp, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
141 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
144 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
145 const struct symtab_and_line *);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 struct symtab_and_line,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
154 static struct breakpoint *
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
171 struct address_space *aspace2,
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
175 struct bp_location *loc2);
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
178 struct address_space *aspace,
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
206 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
218 int *other_type_used);
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
227 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
233 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
235 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
237 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
240 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
241 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
242 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
244 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
246 static void update_global_location_list (int);
248 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
250 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
252 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
254 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
256 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
258 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
260 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
262 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
264 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
266 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
268 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
270 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
272 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
275 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
277 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
279 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
281 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
282 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
283 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
284 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
286 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
287 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
289 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
290 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
292 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
293 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
295 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
297 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
299 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
300 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
302 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
303 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
305 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
306 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
307 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
308 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
309 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
310 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
312 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
313 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
314 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
315 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
321 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
323 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
324 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
325 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
326 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
328 static char *dprintf_function = "";
330 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
331 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
332 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
333 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
334 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
335 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
336 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
338 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
340 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
342 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
344 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
345 breakpoints share a single command list. */
346 struct counted_command_line
348 /* The reference count. */
351 /* The command list. */
352 struct command_line *commands;
355 struct command_line *
356 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
358 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
361 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
362 current breakpoint. */
364 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
367 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
369 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
370 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
372 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
374 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
377 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
378 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
379 if such is available. */
380 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
383 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
384 struct cmd_list_element *c,
387 fprintf_filtered (file,
388 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
389 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
393 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
394 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
395 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
396 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
397 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
399 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
400 struct cmd_list_element *c,
403 fprintf_filtered (file,
404 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
405 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
409 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
410 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
411 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
412 use hardware breakpoints. */
413 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
415 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
416 struct cmd_list_element *c,
419 fprintf_filtered (file,
420 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
424 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
425 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
426 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
427 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
428 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
430 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
433 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
434 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
436 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
437 fprintf_filtered (file,
438 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
439 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
441 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
443 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
448 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
450 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
451 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
454 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
456 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
457 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
458 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
460 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
461 condition_evaluation_auto,
462 condition_evaluation_host,
463 condition_evaluation_target,
467 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
468 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
470 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
471 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
472 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
474 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
475 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
476 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
480 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
482 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
484 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
485 return condition_evaluation_target;
487 return condition_evaluation_host;
493 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
496 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
498 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
501 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
505 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
507 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
509 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
512 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
514 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
515 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
517 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
518 static int overlay_events_enabled;
520 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
521 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
523 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
524 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
525 current breakpoint. */
527 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
529 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
530 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
531 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
534 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
535 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
536 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
538 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
539 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
540 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
543 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
544 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
545 to where the loop should start from.
546 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
547 appropriate location to start with. */
549 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
550 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
551 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
553 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
554 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
557 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
559 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
560 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
561 if (is_tracepoint (B))
563 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
565 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
567 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
569 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
571 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
573 static unsigned bp_location_count;
575 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
576 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
577 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
578 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
579 an address you need to read. */
581 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
583 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
584 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
585 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
586 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
587 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
589 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
591 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
592 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
594 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
596 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
598 static int breakpoint_count;
600 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
601 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
602 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
603 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
604 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
606 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
608 static int tracepoint_count;
610 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
611 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
612 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
614 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
616 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
618 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
621 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
624 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
626 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
627 breakpoint_count = num;
628 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
631 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
632 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
633 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
635 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
639 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
641 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
644 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
648 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
650 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
653 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
656 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
658 struct breakpoint *b;
664 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
665 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
667 static struct counted_command_line *
668 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
670 struct counted_command_line *result
671 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
674 result->commands = commands;
678 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
681 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
687 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
688 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
689 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
692 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
696 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
698 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
705 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
708 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
710 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
713 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
716 static struct cleanup *
717 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
719 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
723 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
724 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
727 get_breakpoint (int num)
729 struct breakpoint *b;
732 if (b->number == num)
740 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
741 evaluating conditions on its side. */
744 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
746 struct bp_location *loc;
748 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
749 evaluating conditions and if the user has
750 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
752 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
753 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
756 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
759 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
760 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
763 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
764 evaluating conditions on its side. */
767 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
769 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
770 evaluating conditions and if the user has
771 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
773 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
774 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
778 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
781 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
784 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
785 condition_evaluation_mode. */
788 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
789 struct cmd_list_element *c)
791 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
793 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
794 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
796 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
797 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
798 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
802 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
803 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
805 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
806 settings was "auto". */
807 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
809 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
810 if (new_mode != old_mode)
812 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
813 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
814 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
816 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
817 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
820 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
822 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
824 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
825 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
829 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
830 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
831 target knows about. */
832 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
833 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
834 loc->needs_update = 1;
838 update_global_location_list (1);
844 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
845 what "auto" is translating to. */
848 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
849 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
851 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
852 fprintf_filtered (file,
853 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
854 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
856 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
858 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
862 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
863 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
864 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
867 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
869 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
870 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
872 if (a->address == b->address)
875 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
878 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
879 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
880 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
883 static struct bp_location **
884 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
886 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
887 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
888 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
890 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
891 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
892 dummy_loc.address = address;
894 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
895 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
896 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
897 bp_location_compare_addrs);
899 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
900 if (locp_found == NULL)
903 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
904 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
905 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
906 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
913 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
916 xfree (b->cond_string);
917 b->cond_string = NULL;
919 if (is_watchpoint (b))
921 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
928 struct bp_location *loc;
930 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
935 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
936 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
937 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
944 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
948 const char *arg = exp;
950 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
951 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
952 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
953 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
955 if (is_watchpoint (b))
957 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
959 innermost_block = NULL;
961 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
963 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
964 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
968 struct bp_location *loc;
970 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
974 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
975 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
977 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
981 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
983 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
986 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
988 static VEC (char_ptr) *
989 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
990 const char *text, const char *word)
994 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
995 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
999 struct breakpoint *b;
1000 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1004 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1005 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1007 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1010 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1011 len = strlen (text);
1017 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1019 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1020 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1026 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1027 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1028 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1031 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1034 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1036 struct breakpoint *b;
1041 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1044 bnum = get_number (&p);
1046 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1049 if (b->number == bnum)
1051 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1052 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1053 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1054 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1056 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1057 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1058 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1059 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1061 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1062 update_global_location_list (1);
1067 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1070 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1071 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1072 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1075 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1077 struct command_line *c;
1079 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1083 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1084 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1085 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1087 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1088 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1090 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1091 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1092 command directly. */
1093 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1094 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1096 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1097 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1101 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1104 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1106 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1107 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1108 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1112 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1114 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1117 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1118 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1122 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1123 struct command_line *commands)
1125 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1127 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1128 struct command_line *c;
1129 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1131 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1132 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1136 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1137 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1138 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1139 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1140 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1141 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1142 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1143 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1144 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1145 tracepoint's context. */
1146 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1148 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1150 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1151 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1152 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1153 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "can be used only once"));
1164 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1168 struct command_line *c2;
1170 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1171 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1172 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1174 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1175 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1181 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1185 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1186 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1189 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1191 struct breakpoint *b;
1192 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1193 struct bp_location *loc;
1196 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1198 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1199 if (loc->address == addr)
1200 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1206 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1207 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1210 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1211 struct command_line *commands)
1213 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1215 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1216 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1217 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1220 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1221 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1225 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1227 int old_silent = b->silent;
1230 if (old_silent != silent)
1231 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1234 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1235 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1238 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1240 int old_thread = b->thread;
1243 if (old_thread != thread)
1244 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1247 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1248 breakpoint work for any task. */
1251 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1253 int old_task = b->task;
1256 if (old_task != task)
1257 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1261 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1263 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1265 validate_actionline (line, b);
1268 /* A structure used to pass information through
1269 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1271 struct commands_info
1273 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1276 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1279 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1280 already-parsed command. */
1281 struct command_line *control;
1283 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1285 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1288 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1289 commands_command. */
1292 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1294 struct commands_info *info = data;
1296 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1298 struct command_line *l;
1300 if (info->control != NULL)
1301 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1304 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1307 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1308 "%s, one per line."),
1311 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1313 l = read_command_lines (str,
1316 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1319 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1322 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1325 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1327 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1329 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1330 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1331 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1332 b->commands = info->cmd;
1333 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1338 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1339 struct command_line *control)
1341 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1342 struct commands_info info;
1344 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1345 info.control = control;
1347 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1348 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1349 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1351 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1353 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1354 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1356 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1357 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1360 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1361 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1362 numbers will fail in this case. */
1367 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1369 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1372 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1376 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1378 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1379 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1381 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1385 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1387 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1390 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1391 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1393 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1394 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1395 enum command_control_type
1396 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1398 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1399 return simple_control;
1402 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1405 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1407 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1411 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1412 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1417 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1418 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1420 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1421 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1422 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1424 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1425 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1426 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1427 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1428 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1429 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1430 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1431 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1433 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1436 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1437 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1438 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1440 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1442 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1444 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1445 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1446 report higher one. */
1449 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1450 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1452 struct bp_location *bl;
1454 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1455 bl = bp_location[bc];
1457 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1458 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1459 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1460 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1462 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1463 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1464 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1466 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1468 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1475 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1476 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1477 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1478 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1479 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1482 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1484 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1485 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1486 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1489 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1492 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1494 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1496 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1497 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1501 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1502 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1503 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1506 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1509 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1510 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1511 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1514 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1516 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1517 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1520 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1522 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1523 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1525 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1526 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1530 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1531 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1535 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1536 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1538 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1539 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1540 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1544 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1546 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1547 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1550 if (readbuf != NULL)
1552 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1553 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1554 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1555 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1556 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1558 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1560 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1561 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1565 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1566 const unsigned char *bp;
1567 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1568 int placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1570 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1571 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1572 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1574 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1576 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1578 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1579 breakpoint's INSN. */
1580 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1586 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1590 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1592 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1593 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1594 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1597 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1600 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1602 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1603 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1604 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1607 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1611 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1613 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1614 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1617 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1618 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1619 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1620 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1621 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1622 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1623 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1624 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1627 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1629 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1630 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1631 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1632 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1635 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1636 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1639 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1641 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1643 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1645 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1646 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1647 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1648 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1649 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1651 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1654 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1655 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1656 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1657 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1659 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1661 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1662 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1665 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1666 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1667 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1668 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1669 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1670 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1671 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1672 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1674 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1675 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1676 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1677 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1678 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1679 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1680 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1681 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1684 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1685 hardware watchpoints:
1687 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1688 called several times when GDB stops.
1691 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1692 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1693 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1694 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1695 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1696 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1697 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1698 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1699 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1700 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1701 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1703 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1704 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1707 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1709 int within_current_scope;
1710 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1713 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1714 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1715 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1716 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1719 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1724 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1725 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1726 within_current_scope = 1;
1729 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1730 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1731 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1733 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1734 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1735 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1736 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1739 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1740 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1741 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1742 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1745 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1747 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1748 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1749 if (within_current_scope)
1753 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1754 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1755 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1758 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1767 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1768 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1769 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1770 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1771 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1772 be completely different objects. */
1773 value_free (b->val);
1777 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1778 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1779 locations (re)created below. */
1780 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1782 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1784 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1788 s = b->base.cond_string;
1789 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1793 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1794 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1795 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1796 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1797 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1798 if (!target_has_execution)
1800 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1801 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1802 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1803 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1805 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1806 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1808 error (_("Software read/access watchpoints not supported."));
1811 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1814 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1815 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1817 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1819 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1820 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1821 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1822 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1823 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1825 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1831 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1833 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1834 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1836 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1837 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1838 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1839 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1840 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1841 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1842 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1844 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1846 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1847 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1848 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1850 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1851 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1855 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1857 addr = value_address (v);
1859 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1861 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1864 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1865 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1868 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1870 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1871 loc->address = addr;
1872 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1873 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1878 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1879 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1880 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1885 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1886 struct bp_location *bl;
1888 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1892 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1895 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1896 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1897 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1899 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1900 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1901 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1902 this watchpoint in as well. */
1904 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1905 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1906 hardware watchpoint type. */
1907 type = b->base.type;
1908 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1909 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1911 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1912 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1913 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1914 through watch_command), so always account for it
1917 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1918 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1920 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1921 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1924 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1925 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1927 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1929 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1930 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1931 "hardware watchpoint."));
1932 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1933 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1934 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1936 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1937 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1941 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1942 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1943 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1945 b->base.type = type;
1948 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1949 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1950 "read/access watchpoint."));
1952 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1954 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1955 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1956 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1957 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1960 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1962 next = value_next (v);
1967 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1968 above left it without any location set up. But,
1969 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1970 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1971 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1973 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1974 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1975 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1976 base->loc->address = -1;
1977 base->loc->length = -1;
1978 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1981 else if (!within_current_scope)
1983 printf_filtered (_("\
1984 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1985 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1987 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1990 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1992 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1996 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1997 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1998 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1999 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2000 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2002 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2004 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2007 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2010 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2013 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2016 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2017 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2018 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2019 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2020 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2021 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2022 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2023 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2024 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2030 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2031 that the location is not duplicated. */
2034 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2037 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2040 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2041 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2045 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2046 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2047 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2048 any error during parsing. */
2050 static struct agent_expr *
2051 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2053 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2054 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2059 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2060 that may show up. */
2061 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2063 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2068 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2069 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2070 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2074 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2078 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2079 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2080 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2081 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2082 one of them is true. */
2085 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2087 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2088 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2089 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2090 struct bp_location *loc;
2092 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2093 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2094 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2096 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2097 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2100 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2101 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2102 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2103 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2104 response back to GDB. */
2105 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2108 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2112 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2114 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2115 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2116 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2117 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2118 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2119 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2121 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2122 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2128 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2129 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2130 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2132 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2138 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2139 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2140 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2142 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2143 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2144 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2146 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2149 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2151 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2153 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2156 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2157 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2162 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2163 for this location's address. */
2164 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2168 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2169 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2170 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2172 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2173 conditions to the target. */
2174 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2175 loc->cond_bytecode);
2181 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2182 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2183 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2185 static struct agent_expr *
2186 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2188 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2189 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2190 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2191 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2192 const char *cmdrest;
2193 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2194 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2196 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2203 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2205 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2207 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2208 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2210 format_start = cmdrest;
2212 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2214 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2216 format_end = cmdrest;
2218 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2219 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2221 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2223 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2224 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2226 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2228 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2230 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2232 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2233 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2236 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2241 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2242 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2244 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2248 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2249 that may show up. */
2250 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2252 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2253 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2254 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2257 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2261 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2262 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2263 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2267 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2271 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2272 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2273 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2276 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2278 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2279 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2280 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2281 struct bp_location *loc;
2283 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2284 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2285 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2288 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2291 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2292 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2293 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2294 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2295 response back to GDB. */
2296 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2299 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2303 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2305 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2306 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2307 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2308 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2309 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2310 loc->owner->extra_string);
2311 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2317 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2318 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2319 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2321 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2327 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2329 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2331 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2334 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2335 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2337 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2339 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2342 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2343 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2348 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2349 for this location's address. */
2350 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2353 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2354 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2355 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2356 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2358 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2359 to send the commands to the target. */
2360 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2364 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2365 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2366 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2367 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2370 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2371 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2372 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2373 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2376 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2377 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2379 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2380 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2381 int *disabled_breaks,
2382 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2383 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2386 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2387 struct gdb_exception e;
2389 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2392 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2393 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2394 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2395 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2396 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2397 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2398 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2399 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2400 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2401 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2402 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2403 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2405 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2406 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2407 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2408 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2410 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2412 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2413 build_target_command_list (bl);
2414 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2415 bl->needs_update = 0;
2418 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2419 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2421 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2423 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2424 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2425 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2427 Two important cases are:
2428 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2429 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2430 hardware breakpoint.
2431 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2432 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2433 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2436 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2437 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2438 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2439 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2441 struct mem_region *mr
2442 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2446 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2448 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2450 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2451 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2453 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2455 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2457 static int said = 0;
2459 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2462 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2463 _("Note: automatically using "
2464 "hardware breakpoints for "
2465 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2470 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2471 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2472 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2473 "at readonly address %s"),
2474 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2478 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2479 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2480 || bl->section == NULL
2481 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2483 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2484 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2486 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2491 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2496 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2497 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2498 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2500 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2501 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2502 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2503 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2504 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2508 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2510 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2511 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2512 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2513 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2514 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2516 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2517 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2518 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2522 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2523 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2525 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2526 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2528 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2533 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2538 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2539 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2546 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2547 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2549 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2551 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2552 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2553 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2555 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2556 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2558 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2559 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2560 "library breakpoints:\n");
2562 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2563 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2564 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2568 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2570 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2571 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2572 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2573 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2574 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2575 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2576 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2580 char *message = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2581 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2582 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2584 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2585 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2587 bl->owner->number, message);
2589 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2600 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2601 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2602 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2603 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2605 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2606 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2608 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2610 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2611 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2612 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2614 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2616 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2617 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2619 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2621 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2622 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2626 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2627 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2634 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2635 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2638 /* Back to the original value. */
2639 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2643 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2646 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2648 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2649 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2651 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2654 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2658 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2659 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2661 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2664 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2666 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2667 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2668 so just return success. */
2675 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2676 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2680 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2682 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2683 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2685 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2686 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2688 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2689 delete_breakpoint (b);
2692 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2693 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2694 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2696 struct bp_location *tmp;
2698 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2700 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2701 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2702 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2704 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2705 if (tmp->next == loc)
2707 tmp->next = loc->next;
2713 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2714 removed locations above. */
2715 update_global_location_list (0);
2718 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2719 Throws exception on any error.
2720 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2721 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2723 insert_breakpoints (void)
2725 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2727 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2728 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2730 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2732 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2735 update_global_location_list (1);
2737 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2738 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2740 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2741 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2744 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2747 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2749 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2751 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2753 callback (loc, NULL);
2757 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2758 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2759 always-inserted mode. */
2762 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2764 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2767 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2768 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2769 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2771 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2772 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2774 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2775 there was an error. */
2776 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2778 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2780 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2782 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2784 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2787 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2788 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2789 deletion of breakpoints. */
2790 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2793 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2795 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2796 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2797 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2798 insert breakpoints. */
2799 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2800 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2803 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2804 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2811 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2812 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2815 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2818 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2821 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2823 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2824 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2827 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2828 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2829 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2831 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2832 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2834 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2835 there was an error. */
2836 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2838 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2840 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2842 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2845 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2846 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2847 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2848 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2849 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2852 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2854 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2855 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2856 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2857 insert breakpoints. */
2858 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2859 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2862 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2863 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2868 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2869 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2870 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2872 int some_failed = 0;
2873 struct bp_location *loc;
2875 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2878 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2881 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2884 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2885 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2892 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2894 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2896 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2897 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2898 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2906 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2907 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2908 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2910 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2911 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2912 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2914 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2915 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2918 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2921 /* Used when the program stops.
2922 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2923 removing a breakpoint location. */
2926 remove_breakpoints (void)
2928 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2931 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2933 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2934 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2939 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
2943 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
2945 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2947 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2949 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
2951 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2953 printf_filtered (_("\
2954 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
2955 b->number, tp->num);
2957 /* Hide it from the user. */
2963 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2966 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2968 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2970 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2972 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2974 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2977 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2982 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2991 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2993 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2994 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2996 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2997 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2998 struct inferior *inf;
2999 struct thread_info *tp;
3001 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3005 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3006 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3008 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3010 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3011 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3013 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3015 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3021 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3024 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3029 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3033 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3035 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3036 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3037 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3038 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3039 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3040 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3042 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3045 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3048 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3049 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3053 static struct breakpoint *
3054 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3055 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3056 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3058 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3059 struct breakpoint *b;
3061 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3064 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3065 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3067 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3068 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3069 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3074 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3076 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3078 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3080 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3081 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3083 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3084 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3086 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3087 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3089 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3090 int longjmp_searched;
3092 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3093 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3095 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3096 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3098 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3099 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3101 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3102 int exception_searched;
3104 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3105 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3108 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3110 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3111 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3113 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3116 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3118 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3121 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3122 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3124 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3125 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3127 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3129 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3130 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3132 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3133 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3135 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3136 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3138 return bp_objfile_data;
3142 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3144 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3146 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3147 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3151 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3153 struct objfile *objfile;
3154 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3156 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3158 struct breakpoint *b;
3159 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3162 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3164 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3167 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3169 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3171 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3174 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3175 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3178 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3181 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3182 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3184 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3185 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3187 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3189 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3190 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3194 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3195 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3198 update_global_location_list (1);
3202 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3204 struct program_space *pspace;
3205 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3207 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3209 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3211 struct objfile *objfile;
3213 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3215 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3218 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3219 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3221 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3222 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3225 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3227 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3231 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3234 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3235 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3237 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3239 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3240 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3241 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3245 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3246 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3249 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3252 struct probe *probe;
3253 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3256 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3257 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3261 struct breakpoint *b;
3263 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3265 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3266 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3267 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3273 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3275 struct breakpoint *b;
3276 const char *func_name;
3279 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3282 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3283 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3285 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3287 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3290 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3291 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3294 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3297 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3298 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3299 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3300 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3301 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3305 update_global_location_list (1);
3307 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3310 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3312 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3314 struct program_space *pspace;
3315 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3316 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3318 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3320 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3322 struct objfile *objfile;
3325 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3327 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3329 struct breakpoint *b;
3330 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3332 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3334 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3337 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3339 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3341 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3342 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3343 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3345 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3346 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3349 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3352 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3353 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3354 bp_std_terminate_master,
3355 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3356 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3357 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3361 update_global_location_list (1);
3363 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3366 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3369 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3371 struct objfile *objfile;
3372 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3374 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3376 struct breakpoint *b;
3377 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3378 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3381 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3383 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3384 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3388 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3392 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3393 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3395 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3397 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3398 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3399 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3403 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3404 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3407 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3409 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3411 struct probe *probe;
3414 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3415 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3419 struct breakpoint *b;
3421 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3422 bp_exception_master,
3423 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3424 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3425 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3431 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3433 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3436 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3438 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3440 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3442 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3443 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3445 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3449 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3452 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3453 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3455 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3456 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3457 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3458 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3461 update_global_location_list (1);
3465 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3467 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3468 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3470 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3471 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3472 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3473 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3474 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3475 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3476 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3477 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3478 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3479 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3480 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3482 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3484 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3487 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3488 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3490 delete_breakpoint (b);
3494 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3495 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3497 delete_breakpoint (b);
3501 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3502 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3503 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3504 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3505 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3507 delete_breakpoint (b);
3511 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3512 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3514 delete_breakpoint (b);
3518 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3520 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3521 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3522 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3524 delete_breakpoint (b);
3528 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3530 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3531 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3532 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3533 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3537 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3538 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3539 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3540 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3541 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3542 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3544 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3545 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3546 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3547 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3548 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3549 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3550 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3552 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3553 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3554 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3555 let finish_command delete it.
3557 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3558 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3559 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3560 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3561 solib breakpoints.) */
3563 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3568 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3569 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3571 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3573 delete_breakpoint (b);
3577 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3578 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3579 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3580 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3581 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3585 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3587 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3589 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3590 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3592 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3593 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3595 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3596 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3597 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3599 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3602 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3603 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3604 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3605 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3606 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3607 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3608 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3612 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3615 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3616 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3618 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3622 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3623 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3624 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3625 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3626 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3629 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3633 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3634 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3636 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3637 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3640 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3641 This should not ever happen. */
3642 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3644 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3645 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3647 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3648 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3649 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3651 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3652 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3653 || bl->section == NULL
3654 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3656 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3657 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3661 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3662 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3663 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3665 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3666 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3668 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3669 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3670 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3671 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3672 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3674 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3675 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3677 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3678 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3681 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3682 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3683 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3684 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3686 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3687 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3688 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3689 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3690 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3691 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3697 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3702 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3703 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3704 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3705 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3710 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3712 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3714 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3715 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3717 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3718 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3720 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3721 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3722 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3725 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3726 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3729 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3730 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3732 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3736 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3743 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3746 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3748 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3749 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3751 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3752 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3755 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3756 This should not ever happen. */
3757 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3759 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3761 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3763 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3765 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3769 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3772 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3774 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3776 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3777 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3781 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3782 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3784 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3787 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3788 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3789 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3794 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3796 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3797 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3799 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3801 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3803 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3806 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3808 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3809 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3810 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3814 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3816 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3822 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3824 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3825 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3828 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3830 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3832 case bp_shlib_event:
3834 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3835 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3836 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3837 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3838 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3840 (gdb) file prog-linux
3841 (gdb) run # native linux target
3844 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3845 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3848 case bp_step_resume:
3850 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3852 delete_breakpoint (b);
3856 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3857 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3858 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3860 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3862 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3863 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3864 delete_breakpoint (b);
3865 else if (context == inf_starting)
3867 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3868 insert_breakpoints. */
3870 value_free (w->val);
3881 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3882 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3883 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3884 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3887 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3888 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3889 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3890 match, not program space. */
3892 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3893 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3894 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3895 permanent breakpoint.
3896 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3897 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3898 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3899 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3900 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3902 enum breakpoint_here
3903 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3905 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3906 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3908 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3910 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3911 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3914 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3915 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3916 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3917 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3919 if (overlay_debugging
3920 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3921 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3922 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3923 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3924 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3926 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3930 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3933 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3936 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3938 struct bp_location *loc;
3941 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3942 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3948 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3949 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3950 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3951 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3954 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3957 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3959 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3961 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3962 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3966 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3968 if (overlay_debugging
3969 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3970 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3971 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3979 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3980 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3983 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3985 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3988 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3994 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3998 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4001 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4003 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4005 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4009 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4012 if (overlay_debugging
4013 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4014 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4015 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4021 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4022 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4029 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4030 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4032 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4034 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4036 struct bp_location *loc;
4038 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4039 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4042 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4045 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4046 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4050 /* Check for intersection. */
4051 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4052 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4060 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4061 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4064 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4067 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4068 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4072 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4074 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4075 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4078 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4079 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4080 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4083 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4086 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4088 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4089 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4090 it is now time to do so. */
4092 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4093 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4097 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4099 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4100 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4101 it is now time to do so. */
4103 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4104 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4108 if (overlay_debugging
4109 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4110 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4111 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4120 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4124 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4126 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4129 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4133 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4135 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4136 value_free (bs->old_val);
4137 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4138 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4142 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4143 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4146 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4163 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4164 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4167 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4171 bpstat retval = NULL;
4176 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4178 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4179 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4180 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4181 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4182 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4184 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4185 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4189 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4199 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4202 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4207 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4209 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4215 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4217 enum bpstat_signal_value
4218 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4220 enum bpstat_signal_value result = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4222 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4224 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4225 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4226 enum bpstat_signal_value newval;
4228 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4230 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4232 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4233 newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
4235 newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4238 newval = bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4241 if (newval > result)
4248 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4249 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4250 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4251 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4253 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4254 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4256 Return 1 otherwise. */
4259 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4261 struct breakpoint *b;
4264 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4266 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4267 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4268 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4269 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4270 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4272 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4274 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4278 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4281 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4283 struct thread_info *tp;
4286 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4289 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4293 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4295 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4297 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4299 value_free (bs->old_val);
4305 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4308 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4310 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4312 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4314 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4315 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4316 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4317 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4318 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4322 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4325 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4328 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4330 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4333 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4334 or its equivalent. */
4337 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4339 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4340 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4343 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4344 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4345 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4346 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4348 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4349 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4350 bpstat of the current thread. */
4353 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4356 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4359 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4361 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4364 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4365 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4367 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4369 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4372 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4373 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4375 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4376 struct command_line *cmd;
4377 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4379 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4381 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4382 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4383 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4384 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4385 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4386 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4387 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4388 the tree when we're done. */
4389 ccmd = bs->commands;
4390 bs->commands = NULL;
4391 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4392 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4393 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4395 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4401 execute_control_command (cmd);
4403 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4409 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4410 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4412 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4414 if (target_can_async_p ())
4415 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4416 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4417 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4420 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4421 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4422 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4423 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4424 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4425 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4426 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4427 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4428 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4429 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4430 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4431 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4432 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4437 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4442 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4444 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4446 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4447 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4448 && target_has_execution
4449 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4450 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4451 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4452 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4453 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4454 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4455 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4458 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4461 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4464 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4467 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4470 struct value_print_options opts;
4471 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4472 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4476 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4477 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4478 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4479 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4482 static enum print_stop_action
4483 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4485 switch (bs->print_it)
4488 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4489 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4493 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4494 relevant messages. */
4495 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4498 case print_it_normal:
4500 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4502 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4503 which has since been deleted. */
4505 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4507 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4508 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4513 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4514 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4519 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4522 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4525 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4527 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4531 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4532 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4533 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4535 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4536 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4537 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4540 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4541 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4542 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4546 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4550 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4551 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4554 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4559 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4560 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4561 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4564 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4569 struct so_list *iter;
4571 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4573 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4574 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4577 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4582 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4583 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4584 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4587 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4591 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4592 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4593 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4594 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4595 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4596 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4597 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4600 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4601 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4602 code to print the location. An example is
4603 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4605 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4606 to also print the location part of the message.
4607 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4608 don't require a location appended to the end.
4609 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4610 further info to be printed. */
4612 enum print_stop_action
4613 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4617 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4618 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4619 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4620 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4621 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4623 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4624 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4625 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4626 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4630 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4631 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4632 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4633 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4635 print_solib_event (0);
4636 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4639 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4640 with and nothing was printed. */
4641 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4644 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4645 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4646 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4647 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4650 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4652 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4653 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4655 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4659 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4662 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4666 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4668 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4669 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4670 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4671 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4672 incref_bp_location (bl);
4673 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4674 bs->commands = NULL;
4676 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4680 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4681 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4684 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4686 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4688 struct breakpoint *b;
4690 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4692 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4693 as not triggered. */
4695 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4697 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4699 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4705 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
4707 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4708 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4710 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4712 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4714 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4720 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4721 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4725 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4727 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4728 struct bp_location *loc;
4730 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4731 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4733 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4735 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4736 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4738 if (newaddr == start)
4740 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4744 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4745 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
4749 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4758 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4759 because of check_errors). */
4760 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4761 #define WP_DELETED 1
4762 /* The value has changed. */
4763 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4764 /* The value has not changed. */
4765 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4766 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4769 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4770 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4772 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4775 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4776 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4779 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4781 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4782 struct watchpoint *b;
4783 struct frame_info *fr;
4784 int within_current_scope;
4786 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4787 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4788 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4790 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4791 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4792 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4793 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4796 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4797 within_current_scope = 1;
4800 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4801 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4802 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4804 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4805 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4806 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4807 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4808 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4809 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4810 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4811 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4812 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4813 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4816 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4817 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4819 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4820 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4821 if (within_current_scope)
4823 struct symbol *function;
4825 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4826 if (function == NULL
4827 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4828 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4829 within_current_scope = 0;
4832 if (within_current_scope)
4833 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4834 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4839 if (within_current_scope)
4841 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4842 time before we return to the command level and call
4843 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4844 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4848 struct value *new_val;
4850 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4851 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4852 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4853 a mask watchpoint. */
4854 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4856 mark = value_mark ();
4857 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
4859 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4860 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4861 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4862 not what we want. */
4863 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4864 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4866 if (new_val != NULL)
4868 release_value (new_val);
4869 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4871 bs->old_val = b->val;
4874 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4878 /* Nothing changed. */
4879 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4880 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4885 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4887 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4888 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4889 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4890 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4891 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4892 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4893 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4894 the first value assigned). */
4895 /* We print all the stop information in
4896 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4897 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4898 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4900 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4902 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4903 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4904 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4906 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4907 which its expression is valid.\n");
4909 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4910 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4911 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4917 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4918 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4919 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4922 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4923 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4924 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4926 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4928 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4929 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4931 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4934 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4935 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4938 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4940 const struct bp_location *bl;
4941 struct watchpoint *b;
4943 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4944 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4945 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4946 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4947 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4950 int must_check_value = 0;
4952 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4953 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4955 must_check_value = 1;
4956 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4957 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4958 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4960 must_check_value = 1;
4961 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4962 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4963 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4964 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4965 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4966 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4967 must_check_value = 1;
4969 if (must_check_value)
4972 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4974 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4975 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4977 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4981 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4982 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4986 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4989 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4990 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4992 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4994 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4995 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4996 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4997 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4998 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4999 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5000 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5003 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5004 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5007 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5008 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5009 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5010 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5012 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5013 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5014 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5017 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5018 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5019 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5020 changes. This still gives false positives when
5021 the program writes the same value to memory as
5022 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5023 it for a read), but it's much better than
5026 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5028 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5030 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5032 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5033 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5034 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5036 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5037 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5039 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5040 == watch_triggered_yes)
5042 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5048 if (other_write_watchpoint
5049 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5051 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5052 and the value changed since the last time we
5053 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5055 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5060 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5061 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5062 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5064 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5065 the value hasn't changed. */
5066 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5074 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5075 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5076 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5077 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5078 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5082 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5084 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5085 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5086 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5087 anything for this watchpoint. */
5088 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5095 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5096 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5097 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5100 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5102 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5103 const struct bp_location *bl;
5104 struct breakpoint *b;
5106 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5107 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5108 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5109 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5110 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5112 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5113 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5114 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5116 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5117 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5121 int value_is_zero = 0;
5122 struct expression *cond;
5124 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5125 method implemented. */
5126 if (b->py_bp_object)
5127 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5129 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5131 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5138 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5140 int within_current_scope = 1;
5141 struct watchpoint * w;
5143 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5144 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5145 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5146 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5148 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5150 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5151 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5155 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5156 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5157 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5158 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5159 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5161 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5162 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5165 struct frame_info *frame;
5167 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5168 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5169 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5170 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5171 really matter which instantiation of the function
5172 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5173 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5174 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5175 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5176 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5177 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5178 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5179 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5181 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5183 select_frame (frame);
5185 within_current_scope = 0;
5187 if (within_current_scope)
5189 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5190 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5194 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5195 "in the current scope"));
5196 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5197 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5200 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5201 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5204 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5208 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5212 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5216 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5218 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5224 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5225 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5227 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5228 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5231 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5233 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5235 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5236 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5237 several reasons concurrently.)
5239 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5240 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5243 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5244 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5245 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5247 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5248 struct bp_location *bl;
5249 struct bp_location *loc;
5250 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5251 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5252 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5255 int need_remove_insert;
5258 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5259 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5260 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5261 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5262 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5263 inferior function calls. */
5267 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5270 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5272 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5273 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5274 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5275 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5276 checked all locations already. */
5277 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5280 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5283 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5286 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5289 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5292 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5293 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5294 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5298 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5299 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5300 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5302 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5304 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5306 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5311 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5313 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5315 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5316 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5319 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5323 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5324 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5325 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5327 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5329 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5331 handle_solib_event ();
5336 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5337 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5338 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5342 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5347 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5348 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5351 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5356 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5358 /* We will stop here. */
5359 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5361 --(b->enable_count);
5362 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5363 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5364 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5369 bs->commands = b->commands;
5370 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5371 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5372 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5375 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5380 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5382 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5383 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5386 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5387 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5388 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5390 need_remove_insert = 0;
5391 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5392 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5394 && bs->breakpoint_at
5395 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5397 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5399 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5400 need_remove_insert = 1;
5403 if (need_remove_insert)
5404 update_global_location_list (1);
5405 else if (removed_any)
5406 update_global_location_list (0);
5412 handle_jit_event (void)
5414 struct frame_info *frame;
5415 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5417 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5418 breakpoint_re_set. */
5419 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5421 frame = get_current_frame ();
5422 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5424 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5426 target_terminal_inferior ();
5429 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5431 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5434 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5436 struct bpstat_what retval;
5440 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5441 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5442 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5444 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5446 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5447 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5448 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5451 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5453 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5454 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5458 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5465 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5468 case bp_shlib_event:
5472 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5474 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5477 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5480 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5481 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5482 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5486 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5488 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5492 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5493 This requires no further action. */
5497 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5499 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5500 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5502 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5503 case bp_exception_resume:
5504 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5505 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5507 case bp_step_resume:
5509 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5512 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5513 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5516 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5518 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5521 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5522 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5525 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5526 case bp_thread_event:
5527 case bp_overlay_event:
5528 case bp_longjmp_master:
5529 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5530 case bp_exception_master:
5531 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5537 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5539 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5543 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5544 This requires no further action. */
5549 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5552 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5553 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5554 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5555 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5557 case bp_std_terminate:
5558 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5559 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5560 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5561 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5564 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5565 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5566 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5567 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5569 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5570 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5572 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5573 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5574 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5576 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5577 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5578 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5579 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5584 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5586 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5590 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5591 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5594 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5597 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5598 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5603 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5605 handle_jit_event ();
5608 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5610 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5616 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5617 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5619 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5620 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5628 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5629 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5630 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5633 bpstat_should_step (void)
5635 struct breakpoint *b;
5638 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5644 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5646 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5655 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5656 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5657 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5660 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5662 static char wrap_indent[80];
5663 int i, total_width, width, align;
5667 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5669 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5671 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5672 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5673 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5678 total_width += width + 1;
5684 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5685 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5687 "host": Host evals condition.
5688 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5689 "target": Target evals condition.
5693 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5695 struct bp_location *bl;
5696 char host_evals = 0;
5697 char target_evals = 0;
5702 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5705 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5706 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5707 return condition_evaluation_host;
5709 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5711 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5717 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5718 return condition_evaluation_both;
5719 else if (target_evals)
5720 return condition_evaluation_target;
5722 return condition_evaluation_host;
5725 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5726 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5729 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5731 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5734 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5735 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5736 return condition_evaluation_host;
5738 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5739 return condition_evaluation_target;
5741 return condition_evaluation_host;
5744 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5747 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5748 struct bp_location *loc)
5750 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5751 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5753 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5757 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5759 if (b->display_canonical)
5760 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5761 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5764 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5767 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5768 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5769 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5770 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5771 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5772 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5774 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5775 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5776 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5778 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5779 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5780 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5782 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5786 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5787 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5789 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5791 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5793 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5796 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5798 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5799 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5800 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5802 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5803 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5804 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5805 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5808 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5812 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5814 struct ep_type_description
5819 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5821 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5822 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5823 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5824 {bp_until, "until"},
5825 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5826 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5827 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5828 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5829 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5830 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5831 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5832 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5833 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5834 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5835 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5836 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5837 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5838 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5839 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5840 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5841 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5842 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5843 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5844 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5845 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5846 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5847 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5848 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5849 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5850 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5851 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5852 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5853 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5856 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5857 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5858 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5859 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5862 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5865 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5866 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5869 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5870 const char *field_name,
5874 struct cleanup *back_to;
5875 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
5879 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5880 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5881 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5884 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
5886 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
5892 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
5893 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
5898 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5900 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5902 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
5906 do_cleanups (back_to);
5909 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5912 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5913 struct bp_location *loc,
5915 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5918 struct command_line *l;
5919 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5921 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5922 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5923 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5924 struct value_print_options opts;
5926 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5928 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5929 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5930 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5933 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5934 header_of_multiple = 1;
5942 if (part_of_multiple)
5945 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5946 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5951 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5956 if (part_of_multiple)
5957 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5959 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5963 if (part_of_multiple)
5964 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5966 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5971 if (part_of_multiple)
5972 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5974 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5975 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5976 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5980 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5982 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5983 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5984 make sure there's just one location. */
5985 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5986 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5992 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5993 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5997 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5998 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5999 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6001 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6003 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6004 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6005 is relatively readable). */
6006 if (opts.addressprint)
6007 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6009 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6014 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6018 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6019 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6021 case bp_exception_resume:
6022 case bp_step_resume:
6023 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6024 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6026 case bp_std_terminate:
6027 case bp_shlib_event:
6028 case bp_thread_event:
6029 case bp_overlay_event:
6030 case bp_longjmp_master:
6031 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6032 case bp_exception_master:
6034 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6035 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6038 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6039 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6040 if (opts.addressprint)
6043 if (header_of_multiple)
6044 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6045 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6046 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6048 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6049 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6052 if (!header_of_multiple)
6053 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6060 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6062 struct inferior *inf;
6063 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6068 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6069 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6072 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6073 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6075 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6076 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6077 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6078 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6079 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6080 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6082 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6083 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6086 if (!part_of_multiple)
6088 if (b->thread != -1)
6090 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6091 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6092 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6093 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6095 else if (b->task != 0)
6097 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6098 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6102 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6104 if (!part_of_multiple)
6105 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6107 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6110 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6111 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6113 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6114 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6115 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6118 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6121 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6122 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6124 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6125 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6127 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6128 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6129 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6130 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6131 == condition_evaluation_target)
6133 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6134 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6135 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6136 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6138 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6141 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6143 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6144 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6145 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6146 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6149 if (!part_of_multiple)
6153 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6154 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6155 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6156 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6157 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6159 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6160 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6161 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6162 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6163 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6165 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6169 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6170 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6171 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6175 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6178 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6179 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6180 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6183 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6184 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6185 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6186 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6189 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6190 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6191 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6192 if (b->ignore_count)
6193 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6195 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6196 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6197 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6200 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6202 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6204 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6206 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6207 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6208 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6212 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6213 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6215 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6218 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6219 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6220 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6223 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6225 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6227 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6229 annotate_field (10);
6230 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6231 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6232 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6235 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6237 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6239 annotate_field (11);
6241 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6242 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6243 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6247 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6249 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6250 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6255 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6257 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6259 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6261 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6263 else if (b->addr_string)
6264 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6269 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6270 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6273 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6274 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6276 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6278 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6279 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6281 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6282 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6283 locations, if any. */
6284 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6286 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6287 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6288 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6291 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6292 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6294 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6295 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6297 struct bp_location *loc;
6300 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6302 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6303 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6304 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6305 do_cleanups (inner2);
6312 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6314 int print_address_bits = 0;
6315 struct bp_location *loc;
6317 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6321 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6322 an address to print. */
6323 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6326 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6327 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6328 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6331 return print_address_bits;
6334 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6340 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6342 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6343 struct breakpoint *b;
6344 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6348 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6350 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6358 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6359 char **error_message)
6361 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6364 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6366 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6367 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6373 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6374 internal or momentary. */
6377 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6379 return b->number > 0;
6382 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6383 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6384 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6385 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6386 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6387 breakpoints listed. */
6390 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6391 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6393 struct breakpoint *b;
6394 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6395 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6396 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6397 struct value_print_options opts;
6398 int print_address_bits = 0;
6399 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6400 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6402 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6404 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6405 required for address fields. */
6406 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6409 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6410 if (filter && !filter (b))
6413 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6414 accept. Skip the others. */
6415 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6417 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6419 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6423 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6425 int addr_bit, type_len;
6427 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6428 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6429 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6431 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6432 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6433 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6435 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6439 if (opts.addressprint)
6441 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6442 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6446 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6447 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6450 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6451 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6452 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6454 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6455 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6457 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6458 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6459 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6461 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6462 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6464 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6465 if (opts.addressprint)
6467 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6469 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6470 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6471 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6473 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6474 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6476 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6478 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6479 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6480 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6481 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6486 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6487 if (filter && !filter (b))
6490 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6491 accept. Skip the others. */
6493 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6495 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6497 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6500 else /* all others */
6502 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6506 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6508 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6509 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6512 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6514 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6516 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6520 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6521 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6523 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6524 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6530 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6531 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6534 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6535 there have been breakpoints? */
6536 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6538 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6541 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6542 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6545 default_collect_info (void)
6547 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6549 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6550 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6552 if (!*default_collect)
6555 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6557 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6558 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6559 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6563 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6565 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6567 default_collect_info ();
6571 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6573 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6574 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6576 if (num_printed == 0)
6578 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6579 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6581 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6586 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6588 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6590 default_collect_info ();
6594 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6595 struct program_space *pspace,
6596 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6598 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6600 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6602 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6603 && bl->address == pc
6604 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6610 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6611 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6615 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6616 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6617 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6620 struct breakpoint *b;
6623 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6624 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6628 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6629 else /* if (others == ???) */
6630 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6632 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6635 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6636 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6637 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6638 else if (b->thread != -1)
6639 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6640 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6641 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6642 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6644 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6648 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6650 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6651 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6652 printf_filtered (".\n");
6657 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6658 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6659 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6660 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6662 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6663 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6664 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6665 breakpoint at address zero:
6673 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6675 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6677 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6680 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6681 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6684 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6685 struct bp_location *loc2)
6687 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6688 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6690 /* Both of them must exist. */
6691 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6692 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6694 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6695 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6696 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6697 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6698 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6699 other watchpoint. */
6701 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6703 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6706 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6708 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6712 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6713 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6714 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6715 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6716 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6717 become hw_access locations later. */
6718 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6719 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6720 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6721 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6724 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6725 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6726 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6727 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6730 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6731 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6733 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6734 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6738 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6739 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6740 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6741 space doesn't really matter. */
6744 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6745 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6748 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6749 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6750 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6753 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6754 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6755 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6756 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6759 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6760 struct address_space *aspace,
6763 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6766 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6767 bl->address, bl->length,
6771 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6772 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6773 true, otherwise returns false. */
6776 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6777 struct bp_location *loc2)
6779 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6780 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6781 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6782 different locations. */
6783 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6788 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6789 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6790 represent the same location. */
6793 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6794 struct bp_location *loc2)
6796 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6798 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6799 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6800 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6802 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6803 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6805 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6808 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6809 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6810 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6812 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6813 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6814 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6815 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6819 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6820 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6822 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6823 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6827 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6828 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6830 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6831 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6833 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6836 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6837 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6838 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6839 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6842 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6843 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6845 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6847 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6850 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6851 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6852 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6853 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6854 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6856 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6857 have their addresses modified. */
6862 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6864 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6865 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6866 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6868 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6869 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6871 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6872 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6874 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6879 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6880 struct breakpoint *owner)
6882 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6884 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6889 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6890 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6893 switch (owner->type)
6899 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6900 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6902 case bp_exception_resume:
6903 case bp_step_resume:
6904 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6905 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6907 case bp_std_terminate:
6908 case bp_shlib_event:
6909 case bp_thread_event:
6910 case bp_overlay_event:
6912 case bp_longjmp_master:
6913 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6914 case bp_exception_master:
6915 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6916 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6918 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6919 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6921 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6922 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6923 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6925 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6926 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6927 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6928 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6933 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6934 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6935 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6938 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6944 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6946 static struct bp_location *
6947 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6949 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6953 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6955 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6959 /* Increment reference count. */
6962 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6967 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6968 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6971 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6973 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6975 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6976 free_bp_location (*blp);
6980 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6983 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6985 struct breakpoint *b1;
6987 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6988 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6990 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6992 breakpoint_chain = b;
7001 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7004 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7005 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7007 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7009 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7011 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7015 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7016 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7017 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7019 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7022 b->ignore_count = 0;
7024 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7025 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7026 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7027 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7030 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7031 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7033 static struct breakpoint *
7034 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7036 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7038 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7040 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7041 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7045 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7046 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7050 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7052 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7054 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7055 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7056 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7059 const char *function_name;
7060 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7062 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7063 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7065 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7067 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7069 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7070 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7071 &loc->requested_address))
7073 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7074 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7075 loc->requested_address,
7078 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7079 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7081 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7082 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7083 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7084 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7086 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7091 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7095 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7097 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7100 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7102 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7107 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7108 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7109 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7111 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7112 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7113 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7116 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7117 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7118 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7120 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7122 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7124 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7125 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7127 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7128 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7130 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7131 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7134 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7135 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7136 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7137 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7138 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7139 is also returned as the value of this function.
7141 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7142 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7143 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7144 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7145 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7146 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7147 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7150 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7151 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7152 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7154 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7156 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7157 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7162 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7163 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7165 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7167 struct bp_location *bl;
7169 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7171 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7172 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7173 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7174 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7175 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7176 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7180 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7181 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7182 initiated the operation. */
7185 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7187 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7188 int thread = tp->num;
7190 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7191 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7192 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7193 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7194 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7195 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7196 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7197 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7199 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7200 struct breakpoint *clone;
7202 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7203 after their removal. */
7204 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7205 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7206 clone->thread = thread;
7209 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7212 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7214 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7216 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7218 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7219 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7221 if (b->thread == thread)
7222 delete_breakpoint (b);
7227 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7229 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7231 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7232 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7234 if (b->thread == thread)
7235 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7239 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7240 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7241 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7245 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7247 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7250 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7252 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7254 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7255 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7256 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7258 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7260 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7263 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7264 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7265 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7266 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7272 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7273 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7276 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7277 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7281 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7283 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7285 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7286 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7288 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7290 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7291 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7292 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7293 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7296 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7298 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7300 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7301 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7302 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7304 delete_breakpoint (b);
7309 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7311 struct breakpoint *b;
7314 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7316 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7317 update_global_location_list (1);
7318 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7323 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7325 struct breakpoint *b;
7328 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7330 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7331 update_global_location_list (0);
7332 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7336 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7337 master breakpoint. */
7339 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7341 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7343 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7344 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7345 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7347 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7348 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7352 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7354 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7356 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7358 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7359 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7360 delete_breakpoint (b);
7364 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7366 struct breakpoint *b;
7368 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7369 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7371 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7372 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7374 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7376 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7382 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7384 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7386 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7387 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7388 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7389 delete_breakpoint (b);
7392 struct lang_and_radix
7398 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7401 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7403 struct breakpoint *b;
7405 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7406 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7407 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7411 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7414 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7416 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7418 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7419 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7420 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7421 delete_breakpoint (b);
7425 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7427 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7429 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7430 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7431 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7432 delete_breakpoint (b);
7436 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7438 struct breakpoint *b;
7440 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7441 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7442 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7446 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7447 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7450 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7452 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7454 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7456 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7457 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7459 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7460 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7461 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7462 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7463 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7464 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7465 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7466 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7467 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7468 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7469 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7470 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7473 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7478 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7479 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7480 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7483 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7485 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7486 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7488 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7489 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7490 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7491 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7492 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7493 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7496 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7498 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7499 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7501 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7502 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7503 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7504 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7505 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7506 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7507 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7508 || is_tracepoint (b))
7509 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7511 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7512 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7513 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7514 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7517 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7518 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7520 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7522 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7523 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7524 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7527 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7532 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7533 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7534 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7537 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7539 struct breakpoint *b;
7541 if (objfile == NULL)
7544 /* If the file is a shared library not loaded by the user then
7545 solib_unloaded was notified and disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
7546 was called. In that case there is no need to take action again. */
7547 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) && !(objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED))
7552 struct bp_location *loc;
7553 int bp_modified = 0;
7555 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7558 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7560 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7562 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7563 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7566 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7569 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7572 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7573 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7576 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7578 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7581 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7588 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7592 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7594 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7595 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7596 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7597 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7598 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7600 struct fork_catchpoint
7602 /* The base class. */
7603 struct breakpoint base;
7605 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7606 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7607 catchpoint has triggered. */
7608 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7611 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7615 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7617 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7620 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7624 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7626 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7629 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7633 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7634 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7635 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7637 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7639 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7642 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7646 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7649 static enum print_stop_action
7650 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7652 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7653 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7654 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7656 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7657 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7658 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7660 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7661 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7663 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7664 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7665 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7667 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7668 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7669 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7670 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7671 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7674 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7678 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7680 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7681 struct value_print_options opts;
7682 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7684 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7686 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7687 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7689 if (opts.addressprint)
7690 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7692 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7693 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7695 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7696 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7697 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7698 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7701 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7702 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7705 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7709 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7711 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7714 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7718 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7720 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7721 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7724 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7726 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7728 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7732 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7734 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7737 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7741 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7743 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7746 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7750 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7751 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7752 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7754 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7756 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7759 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7763 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7766 static enum print_stop_action
7767 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7769 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7770 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7771 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7773 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7774 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7775 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7777 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7778 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7780 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7781 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7782 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7784 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7785 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7786 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7787 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7788 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7791 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7795 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7797 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7798 struct value_print_options opts;
7799 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7801 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7802 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7803 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7805 if (opts.addressprint)
7806 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7808 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7809 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7811 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7812 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7813 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7814 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7817 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7818 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7821 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7825 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7827 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7830 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7834 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7836 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7837 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7840 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7842 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7844 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7845 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7846 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7847 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7848 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7850 struct solib_catchpoint
7852 /* The base class. */
7853 struct breakpoint base;
7855 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7856 unsigned char is_load;
7858 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7859 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7865 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7867 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7870 regfree (&self->compiled);
7871 xfree (self->regex);
7873 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7877 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7883 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7889 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7890 struct address_space *aspace,
7892 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7894 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7895 struct breakpoint *other;
7897 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7900 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7902 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7904 if (other == bl->owner)
7907 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7910 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7913 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7915 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7924 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7926 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7927 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7932 struct so_list *iter;
7935 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7940 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7949 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7954 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7960 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7963 static enum print_stop_action
7964 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7966 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7967 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7969 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7970 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7971 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7973 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7974 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7975 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7976 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7977 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7978 print_solib_event (1);
7979 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7983 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7985 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7986 struct value_print_options opts;
7987 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7990 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7991 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7992 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7994 if (opts.addressprint)
7997 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8004 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8006 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8011 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8013 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8015 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8018 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8019 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8020 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8024 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8026 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8028 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8029 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8033 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8035 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8037 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8038 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8039 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8041 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8042 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8045 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8047 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8048 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8049 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8050 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8051 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8052 created in an enabled state. */
8055 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8057 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8058 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8059 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8063 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8065 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8066 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8072 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8075 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8077 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8078 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8080 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8083 c->is_load = is_load;
8084 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8085 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8087 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8089 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8090 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8093 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8097 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8098 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8101 const int enabled = 1;
8103 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8105 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8109 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8110 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8112 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8116 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8117 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8119 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8122 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8123 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8124 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8125 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8126 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8128 struct syscall_catchpoint
8130 /* The base class. */
8131 struct breakpoint base;
8133 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8134 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8135 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8136 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8137 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8140 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8144 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8146 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8148 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8150 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8153 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8155 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8157 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8158 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8159 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8161 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8162 int any_syscall_count;
8164 /* Count of each system call. */
8165 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8167 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8168 if any catching is necessary. */
8169 int total_syscalls_count;
8172 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8173 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8175 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8177 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8178 if (inf_data == NULL)
8180 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8181 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8188 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8194 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8198 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8200 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8201 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8202 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8203 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8205 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8206 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8207 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8213 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8218 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8220 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8221 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8222 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8224 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8225 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8226 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8228 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8229 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8231 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8232 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8236 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8237 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8238 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8240 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8242 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8245 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8249 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8251 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8252 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8253 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8254 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8256 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8257 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8258 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8264 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8268 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8269 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8271 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8272 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8276 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8277 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8278 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8280 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8282 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8285 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8289 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8290 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8291 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8293 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8294 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8295 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8296 int syscall_number = 0;
8297 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8298 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8300 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8301 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8304 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8306 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8307 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8312 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8314 if (syscall_number == iter)
8324 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8327 static enum print_stop_action
8328 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8330 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8331 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8332 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8333 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8334 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8335 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8337 struct target_waitstatus last;
8340 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8342 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8344 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8346 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8347 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8349 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8350 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8352 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8353 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8354 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8355 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8356 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8358 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8360 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8361 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8363 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8365 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8366 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8368 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8370 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8372 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8375 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8379 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8380 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8382 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8383 struct value_print_options opts;
8384 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8386 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8387 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8388 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8390 if (opts.addressprint)
8391 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8394 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8395 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8396 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8398 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8400 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8403 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8406 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8411 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8414 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8416 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8418 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8419 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8423 /* Remove the last comma. */
8424 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8425 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8428 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8429 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8431 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8432 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8435 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8439 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8441 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8443 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8447 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8448 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8450 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8453 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8457 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8460 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8462 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8464 printf_filtered (")");
8467 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8471 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8475 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8477 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8479 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8481 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8486 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8491 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8493 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8495 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8498 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8501 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8503 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8505 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8508 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8510 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8513 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8514 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8515 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8516 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8519 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8520 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8522 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8524 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8527 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8529 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8531 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8532 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8536 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8538 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8539 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8540 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8541 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8544 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8547 update_global_location_list (1);
8551 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8552 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8553 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8555 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8557 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8559 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8561 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8564 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8566 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8567 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8568 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8569 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8570 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8572 struct exec_catchpoint
8574 /* The base class. */
8575 struct breakpoint base;
8577 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8578 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8580 char *exec_pathname;
8583 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8587 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8589 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8591 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8593 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8597 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8599 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8603 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8605 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8609 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8610 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8611 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8613 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8615 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8618 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8622 static enum print_stop_action
8623 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8625 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8626 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8627 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8629 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8630 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8631 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8633 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8634 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8636 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8637 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8638 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8640 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8641 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8642 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8643 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8645 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8649 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8651 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8652 struct value_print_options opts;
8653 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8655 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8657 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8658 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8659 is relatively readable). */
8660 if (opts.addressprint)
8661 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8663 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8664 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8666 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8667 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8668 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8671 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8672 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8676 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8678 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8681 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8685 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8687 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8688 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8691 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8694 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8695 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8697 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8698 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8700 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8701 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8702 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8704 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8708 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8711 struct breakpoint *b;
8712 struct bp_location *bl;
8716 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8717 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8719 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8721 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8728 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8732 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8735 struct bp_location *bl;
8737 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8740 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8742 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8744 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8750 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8751 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8752 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8753 types _not_ TYPE. */
8756 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8757 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8760 struct breakpoint *b;
8762 *other_type_used = 0;
8767 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8770 if (b->type == type)
8771 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8772 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8773 *other_type_used = 1;
8780 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8782 struct breakpoint *b;
8786 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8788 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8789 update_global_location_list (0);
8795 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8797 struct breakpoint *b;
8801 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8803 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8804 update_global_location_list (1);
8810 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8812 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8813 update_global_location_list (0);
8817 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8819 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8820 breakpoint_re_set ();
8824 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8825 at address specified by SAL.
8826 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8829 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8830 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8832 struct breakpoint *b;
8834 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8836 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8838 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8839 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8840 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8841 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8843 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8844 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8846 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8847 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8849 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8854 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8855 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8858 static struct breakpoint *
8859 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8861 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8863 struct breakpoint *copy;
8865 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8866 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8867 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8869 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8870 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8871 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8872 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8873 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8874 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8875 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8876 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8877 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8878 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8879 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8881 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8882 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8883 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8885 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8889 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8893 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8895 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8899 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8903 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8906 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8908 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8910 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8911 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8913 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8917 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8920 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8922 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8923 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8925 printf_filtered ("\n");
8929 static struct bp_location *
8930 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8931 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8933 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8934 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8935 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8937 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8938 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8940 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8941 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8942 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8943 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8944 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8945 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8946 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8949 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8950 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8951 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8952 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8957 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8958 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8959 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8960 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8961 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8962 loc->section = sal->section;
8963 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8964 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8965 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8967 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8968 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8973 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8974 return 0 otherwise. */
8977 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8981 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8982 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8983 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8986 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8988 addr = loc->address;
8989 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8991 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8995 target_mem = alloca (len);
8997 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8998 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8999 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9000 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9002 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9003 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9005 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
9006 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9009 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9014 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9015 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9018 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9020 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9021 char *printf_line = NULL;
9026 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9028 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9030 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9032 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9034 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9035 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9037 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9038 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9039 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9041 if (!dprintf_function)
9042 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9044 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9045 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9050 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9054 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9056 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9057 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9060 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9061 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9065 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9066 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9068 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9069 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9071 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9072 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9074 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9075 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9076 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9077 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9078 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9079 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9081 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9085 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9086 current style settings. */
9089 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9090 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9092 struct breakpoint *b;
9096 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9097 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9101 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9102 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9103 as condition expression. */
9106 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9107 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9108 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9110 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9111 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9112 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9113 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9114 int display_canonical)
9118 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9120 int target_resources_ok;
9122 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9123 target_resources_ok =
9124 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9126 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9127 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9128 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9129 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9132 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9134 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9136 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9137 struct bp_location *loc;
9141 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9143 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9145 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9146 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9151 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9155 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9156 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9157 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9158 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9159 b->disposition = disposition;
9161 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9162 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9164 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9166 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9167 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9169 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9171 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9172 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9173 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9177 p = skip_spaces (p);
9179 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9181 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9182 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9184 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9186 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9188 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9190 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9191 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9193 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9195 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9198 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9199 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9206 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9207 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9211 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9212 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9216 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9218 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9219 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9221 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9224 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9225 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9226 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9228 if (b->extra_string)
9229 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9231 error (_("Format string required"));
9233 else if (b->extra_string)
9234 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9237 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9239 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9241 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9244 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9249 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9250 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9251 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9253 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9254 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9255 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9256 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9257 int display_canonical)
9259 struct breakpoint *b;
9260 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9262 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9264 struct tracepoint *t;
9266 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9270 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9272 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9274 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9276 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9278 thread, task, ignore_count,
9280 enabled, internal, flags,
9282 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9284 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9287 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9288 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9289 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9290 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9291 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9292 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9293 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9294 we take just a single condition string.
9296 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9297 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9298 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9299 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9300 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9303 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9304 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9305 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9306 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9307 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9308 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9309 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9312 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9314 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9315 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9317 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9319 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9320 'break', without arguments. */
9321 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9322 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9324 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9325 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9327 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9328 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9331 cond_string, extra_string,
9333 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9334 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9335 canonical->special_display);
9336 discard_cleanups (inner);
9340 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9341 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9342 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9343 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9345 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9346 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9349 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9350 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9352 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9354 if ((*address) == NULL
9355 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9357 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9359 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9361 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9362 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9365 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9366 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9367 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9369 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9370 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9371 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9372 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9373 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9374 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9376 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9378 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9379 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9380 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9381 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9382 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9384 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9386 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9387 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9388 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9390 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9393 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9397 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9399 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9400 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9401 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9402 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9404 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9405 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9406 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9408 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9409 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9410 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9411 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9412 get_last_displayed_line (),
9413 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9415 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9416 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9421 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9422 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9425 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9429 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9430 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9433 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9434 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9435 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9436 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9437 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9441 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9442 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9445 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9447 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9449 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9451 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9453 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9455 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9456 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9457 associated with SAL. */
9460 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9462 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9465 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9466 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9468 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9472 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9474 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9475 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9477 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9480 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9481 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9482 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9483 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9484 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9485 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9488 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9489 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9492 *cond_string = NULL;
9499 const char *end_tok;
9501 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9502 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9504 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9506 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9508 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9512 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9514 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9516 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9518 struct expression *expr;
9520 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9521 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9524 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9526 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9531 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9533 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9534 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9535 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9538 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9543 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9545 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9546 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9547 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9552 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9556 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9560 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9562 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9563 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9565 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9566 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9567 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9568 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9573 p = skip_spaces (p);
9575 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9577 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9578 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9580 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9581 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9582 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9584 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9585 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9587 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9589 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9591 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9593 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9595 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9596 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9598 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9601 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9607 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9608 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9609 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9610 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9611 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9612 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9613 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9614 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9615 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9616 was created; false otherwise. */
9619 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9620 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9621 int thread, char *extra_string,
9623 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9625 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9626 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9627 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9630 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9631 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9632 char *addr_start = arg;
9633 struct linespec_result canonical;
9634 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9635 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9638 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9640 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9642 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9644 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9646 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9647 addr_start, ©_arg);
9650 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9654 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9660 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9662 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9665 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9666 throw_exception (e);
9668 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9670 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9671 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9672 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9673 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9674 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9677 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9678 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9679 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9680 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9682 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9684 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9685 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9686 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9687 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9688 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9690 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9694 throw_exception (e);
9698 throw_exception (e);
9701 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9702 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9704 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9705 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9706 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9707 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9708 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9710 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9711 are ok for the target. */
9715 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9717 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9718 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9721 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9722 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9725 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9727 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9728 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9731 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9732 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9739 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9741 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9743 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9744 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9745 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9746 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9748 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9749 &thread, &task, &rest);
9751 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9753 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9755 extra_string = rest;
9760 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
9762 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9765 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9766 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9768 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9771 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9772 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9776 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9777 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9778 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9779 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9780 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9784 struct breakpoint *b;
9786 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9788 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9790 struct tracepoint *t;
9792 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9796 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9798 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9800 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9802 b->cond_string = NULL;
9805 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9808 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9809 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9811 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9813 b->extra_string = NULL;
9814 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9815 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9816 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9817 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9818 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9819 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9820 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9822 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9825 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9827 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9828 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9829 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9832 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9834 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9835 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9836 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9838 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9839 update_global_location_list (1);
9844 /* Set a breakpoint.
9845 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9846 condition, and thread.
9847 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9848 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9852 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9854 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9855 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9856 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9858 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9859 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9861 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9862 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9863 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9865 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9867 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9869 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9870 tempflag, type_wanted,
9871 0 /* Ignore count */,
9872 pending_break_support,
9880 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9883 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9887 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9889 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9890 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9891 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9894 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9895 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9896 if (sal->explicit_line)
9897 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9900 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9902 struct blockvector *bv;
9906 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9909 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9912 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9913 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal->symtab->objfile, sym);
9917 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9918 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9919 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9920 happen in assembly source). */
9922 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
9923 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9925 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9927 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9929 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9931 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9938 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9940 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9944 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9946 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9950 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9952 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9956 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9958 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9962 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9964 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9965 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9966 stop at <line>\n"));
9970 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9974 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9976 else if (*arg != '*')
9981 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9982 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9983 function/method name. */
9984 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9986 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9991 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9993 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9997 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9999 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10003 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10007 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10011 char *argptr = arg;
10014 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10015 it is probably a line number. */
10016 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10018 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10023 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10025 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10029 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10031 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10034 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10035 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10036 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10040 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10042 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10044 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10046 0 /* Ignore count */,
10047 pending_break_support,
10048 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10056 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10058 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10061 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10062 ranged breakpoints. */
10065 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10066 struct address_space *aspace,
10068 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10070 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10071 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10074 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10075 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10078 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10079 ranged breakpoints. */
10082 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10084 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10087 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10088 ranged breakpoints. */
10090 static enum print_stop_action
10091 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10093 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10094 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10095 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10097 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10099 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10100 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10102 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10103 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10104 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10106 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10107 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10109 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10110 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10111 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10113 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10114 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10116 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10119 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10120 ranged breakpoints. */
10123 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10124 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10126 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10127 struct value_print_options opts;
10128 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10130 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10131 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10133 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10135 if (opts.addressprint)
10136 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10137 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10138 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10139 annotate_field (5);
10140 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10144 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10145 ranged breakpoints. */
10148 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10149 struct ui_out *uiout)
10151 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10152 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10153 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10154 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10158 address_start = bl->address;
10159 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10161 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10162 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10163 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10164 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10165 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10166 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10168 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10171 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10172 ranged breakpoints. */
10175 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10177 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10178 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10181 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10183 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10186 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10187 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10188 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10191 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10192 ranged breakpoints. */
10195 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10197 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10198 b->addr_string_range_end);
10199 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10202 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10204 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10206 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10207 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10208 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10209 last instruction of the given line. */
10212 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10216 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10217 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10218 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10225 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10227 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10229 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10236 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10239 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10241 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10242 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10243 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10245 struct breakpoint *b;
10246 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10247 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10248 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10250 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10251 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10252 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10254 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10255 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10256 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10258 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10259 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10261 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10262 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10263 error(_("No address range specified."));
10265 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10268 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10270 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10273 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10274 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10275 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10277 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10279 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10280 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10281 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10283 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10284 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10285 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10287 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10288 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10290 /* Parse the end location. */
10292 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10295 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10296 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10297 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10298 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10299 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10300 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10301 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10302 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10304 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10306 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10307 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10309 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10310 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10311 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10312 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10314 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10315 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10316 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10318 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10319 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10320 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10322 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10324 /* Length overflowed. */
10325 error (_("Address range too large."));
10326 else if (length == 1)
10328 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10329 the `hbreak' command. */
10330 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10332 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10337 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10338 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10339 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10340 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10341 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10342 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10343 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10344 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10345 b->loc->length = length;
10347 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10350 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10351 update_global_location_list (1);
10354 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10355 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10356 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10360 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10362 int i = exp->nelts;
10368 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10369 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10372 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10382 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10383 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10384 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10385 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10386 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10388 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10417 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10420 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10421 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10426 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10427 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10428 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10429 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10430 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10431 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10432 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10434 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10435 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10440 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10442 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10443 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10444 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10445 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10447 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10448 are always constant. */
10450 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10452 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10453 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10454 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10459 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10460 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10461 then it is not a constant. */
10470 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10473 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10475 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10477 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10479 xfree (w->exp_string);
10480 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10481 value_free (w->val);
10483 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10486 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10489 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10491 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10493 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10494 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10496 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10497 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10498 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10499 are loaded and unloaded.
10501 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10502 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10503 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10504 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10505 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10506 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10508 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10509 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10510 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10511 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10513 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10514 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10516 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10517 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10518 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10521 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10524 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10526 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10527 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10529 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10533 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10536 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10538 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10539 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10541 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10546 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10547 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10548 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10550 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10551 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10553 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10554 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10555 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10556 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10557 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10558 (did not match the data address). */
10559 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10560 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10567 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10569 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10571 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10574 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10575 hardware watchpoints. */
10578 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10580 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10581 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10583 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10586 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10587 hardware watchpoints. */
10590 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10592 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10593 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10596 static enum print_stop_action
10597 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10599 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10600 struct breakpoint *b;
10601 struct ui_file *stb;
10602 enum print_stop_action result;
10603 struct watchpoint *w;
10604 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10606 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10608 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10609 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10611 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10612 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10616 case bp_watchpoint:
10617 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10618 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10619 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10620 ui_out_field_string
10622 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10624 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10625 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10626 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10627 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10628 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10629 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10630 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10631 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10632 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10633 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10636 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10637 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10638 ui_out_field_string
10640 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10642 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10643 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10644 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10645 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10646 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10647 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10650 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10651 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10653 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10654 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10655 ui_out_field_string
10657 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10659 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10660 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10661 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10662 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10663 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10668 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10669 ui_out_field_string
10671 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10672 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10673 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10675 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10676 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10677 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10678 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10681 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10684 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10688 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10692 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10694 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10695 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10696 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10700 case bp_watchpoint:
10701 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10702 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10704 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10705 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10706 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10708 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10709 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10710 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10712 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10713 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10714 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10717 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10718 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10721 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10722 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10723 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10724 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10727 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10731 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10733 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10737 case bp_watchpoint:
10738 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10739 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10741 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10742 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10744 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10745 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10748 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10749 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10752 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10753 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10756 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10759 static enum bpstat_signal_value
10760 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10762 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10763 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10764 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10765 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
10767 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
10770 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10772 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10774 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10775 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10778 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10780 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10782 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10783 bl->watchpoint_type);
10786 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10787 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10790 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10792 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10794 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10795 bl->watchpoint_type);
10798 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10799 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10802 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10804 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10806 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10809 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10810 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10813 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10818 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10819 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10821 static enum print_stop_action
10822 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10824 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10825 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10827 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10828 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10832 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10833 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10834 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10835 ui_out_field_string
10837 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10840 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10841 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10842 ui_out_field_string
10844 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10847 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10848 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10849 ui_out_field_string
10851 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10854 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10855 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10859 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10860 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10861 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10862 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10864 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10865 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10868 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10869 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10872 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10873 struct ui_out *uiout)
10875 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10877 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10878 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10880 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10881 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10882 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10885 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10886 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10889 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10891 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10892 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10893 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10897 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10898 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10899 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10901 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10902 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10903 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10905 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10906 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10907 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10910 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10911 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10914 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10915 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10916 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10917 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10920 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10921 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10924 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10926 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10931 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10932 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10934 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10935 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10937 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10938 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10941 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10942 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10945 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10946 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10947 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10950 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10952 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10954 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10957 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10959 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10962 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10963 hw_read: watch read,
10964 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10966 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10967 int just_location, int internal)
10969 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10970 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10971 struct expression *exp;
10972 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10973 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10974 struct frame_info *frame;
10975 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10976 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10977 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10979 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10980 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10981 enum bptype bp_type;
10984 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10985 the hardware watchpoint. */
10987 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10988 struct watchpoint *w;
10990 struct cleanup *back_to;
10992 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10993 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10995 const char *value_start;
10997 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
10999 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11000 of the arguments string. */
11001 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11003 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11004 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11007 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11008 This is the value of the parameter. */
11009 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11011 value_start = tok + 1;
11013 /* Skip whitespace. */
11014 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11019 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11020 This is the parameter itself. */
11021 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11024 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11026 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
11028 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11029 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11030 only in a specific thread. */
11034 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11036 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11037 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11039 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11041 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11042 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11044 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11045 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11046 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11048 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
11050 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11051 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11053 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11056 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11058 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11060 mark = value_mark ();
11061 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11062 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11063 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11066 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11069 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11070 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11077 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11078 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11080 innermost_block = NULL;
11081 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11082 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11083 exp_start = arg = expression;
11084 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11086 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11087 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11089 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11092 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11093 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11097 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11098 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11100 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11103 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11104 mark = value_mark ();
11105 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11111 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11112 val = value_addr (result);
11113 release_value (val);
11114 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11118 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11121 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11122 else if (ret == -2)
11123 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11126 else if (val != NULL)
11127 release_value (val);
11129 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11130 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11132 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11133 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11135 struct expression *cond;
11137 innermost_block = NULL;
11138 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11139 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11141 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11142 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11143 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11149 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11151 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11153 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11154 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11155 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11156 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11157 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11159 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11162 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11163 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11164 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11165 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11167 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11169 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11170 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11172 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11173 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11175 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11176 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11177 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11178 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11179 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11180 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11181 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11182 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11183 scope_breakpoint->type);
11187 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11188 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11189 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11190 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11192 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11193 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11194 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11195 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11197 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11199 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11202 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11203 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11205 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11206 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11207 b->thread = thread;
11208 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11209 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11211 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11212 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11215 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11216 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11219 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11220 name = type_to_string (t);
11222 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11223 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11226 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11227 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11229 /* The above expression is in C. */
11230 b->language = language_c;
11233 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11237 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11246 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11248 b->cond_string = 0;
11252 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11253 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11257 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11258 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11261 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11263 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11264 need to act on them together. */
11265 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11266 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11269 if (!just_location)
11270 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11272 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11274 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11275 that should be inserted. */
11276 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11280 delete_breakpoint (b);
11281 throw_exception (e);
11284 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11285 do_cleanups (back_to);
11288 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11289 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11292 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11294 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11295 struct value *head = v;
11297 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11298 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11301 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11302 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11303 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11304 hardware watchpoint.
11306 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11307 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11308 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11309 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11310 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11311 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11312 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11313 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11314 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11316 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11317 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11318 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11319 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11320 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11322 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11324 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11325 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11326 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11327 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11328 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11329 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11333 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11334 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11335 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11337 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11338 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11339 middle of some value chain. */
11341 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11342 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11344 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11348 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11349 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11350 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11352 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11356 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11360 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11361 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11362 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11363 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11364 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11367 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11368 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11369 return found_memory_cnt;
11373 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11375 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11378 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11379 calls watch_command_1. */
11382 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11384 int just_location = 0;
11387 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11388 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11390 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11394 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11398 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11400 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11404 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11406 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11410 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11412 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11416 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11418 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11422 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11424 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11428 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11429 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11431 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11433 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11434 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11438 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11439 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11440 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11443 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11445 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11447 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11448 if (a->breakpoint2)
11449 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11450 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11454 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11456 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11457 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11458 struct frame_info *frame;
11459 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11460 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11461 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11462 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11463 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11464 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11466 struct thread_info *tp;
11468 clear_proceed_status ();
11470 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11473 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11474 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11475 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11476 get_last_displayed_line ());
11478 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11479 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11481 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11482 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11484 sal = sals.sals[0];
11485 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11488 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11490 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11492 tp = inferior_thread ();
11495 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11497 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11498 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11499 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11502 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11503 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11504 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11505 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11507 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11510 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11512 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11514 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11515 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11516 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11520 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11522 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11523 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11526 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11530 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11531 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11532 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11533 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11535 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11536 only at the very same frame. */
11537 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11538 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11539 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11541 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11543 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11544 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11545 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11546 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11548 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11550 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11551 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11553 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11554 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11555 args->thread_num = thread;
11557 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11558 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11559 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11563 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11566 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11567 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11569 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11570 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11571 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11572 if clause in the arg string. */
11575 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11579 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11582 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11585 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11586 condition string. */
11587 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11588 cond_string = *arg;
11590 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11592 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11594 return cond_string;
11597 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11598 process start/exit, etc. */
11602 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11603 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11608 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11609 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11611 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11612 char *cond_string = NULL;
11613 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11616 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11617 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11618 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11622 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11624 /* The allowed syntax is:
11626 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11628 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11629 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11631 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11632 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11634 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11635 and enable reporting of such events. */
11638 case catch_fork_temporary:
11639 case catch_fork_permanent:
11640 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11641 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11643 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11644 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11645 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11646 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11649 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11655 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11656 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11658 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11659 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11661 char *cond_string = NULL;
11663 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11667 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11669 /* The allowed syntax is:
11671 catch exec if <cond>
11673 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11674 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11676 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11677 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11679 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11680 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11681 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11682 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11684 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11688 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11689 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11690 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11692 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11699 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11701 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11703 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11704 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11705 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11706 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11707 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11708 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11709 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11710 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11711 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11712 enough for now, though. */
11715 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11717 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11718 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11719 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11720 b->language = language_ada;
11723 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11724 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11726 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11728 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11729 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11731 while (*arg != '\0')
11733 int i, syscall_number;
11735 char cur_name[128];
11738 /* Skip whitespace. */
11739 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11741 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11742 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11743 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11746 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11747 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11748 if (*endptr == '\0')
11749 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11752 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11754 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11756 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11757 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11758 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11759 syscall number to be caught. */
11760 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11763 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11764 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11767 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11771 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11774 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11775 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11780 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11782 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11783 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11784 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11785 this architecture yet."));
11787 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11789 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11791 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11792 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11793 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11794 for his/her architecture. */
11795 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11797 /* The allowed syntax is:
11799 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11801 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11804 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11808 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11809 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11813 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11815 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11820 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11822 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11825 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11828 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11830 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11831 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11832 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11833 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11835 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11837 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11840 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11844 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11847 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11850 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11852 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11853 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11856 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11857 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11859 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11863 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11864 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11865 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11866 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11871 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11872 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11873 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11874 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11876 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11877 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11878 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11879 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11880 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11881 error (_("No source file specified."));
11883 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11889 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11890 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11891 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11892 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11894 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11895 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11896 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11897 due to optimization, all in one block.
11899 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11900 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11901 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11902 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11903 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11904 to support that. */
11906 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11907 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11908 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11912 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11913 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11915 const char *sal_fullname;
11917 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11918 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11919 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11922 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11927 1 0 <can't happen> */
11929 sal = sals.sals[i];
11930 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11931 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11933 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11934 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11937 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11938 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11940 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11941 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11943 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11944 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11945 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11947 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11948 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11949 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11950 || loc->section == sal.section));
11951 int line_match = 0;
11953 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11954 && loc->symtab != NULL
11955 && sal_fullname != NULL
11956 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11957 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11958 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11959 sal_fullname) == 0)
11962 if (pc_match || line_match)
11971 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11975 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11976 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11979 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11981 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11984 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11985 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11986 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11987 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11988 compare_breakpoints);
11989 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11990 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11994 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11999 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12000 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12003 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12004 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12006 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12009 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12012 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12013 delete_breakpoint (b);
12016 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12018 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12021 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12022 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12023 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12026 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12028 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12030 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12031 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12032 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12034 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12036 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12038 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12039 delete_breakpoint (b);
12043 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12044 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12045 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12046 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12047 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12048 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12051 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12053 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12054 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12055 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12056 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12057 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12059 if (a->address != b->address)
12060 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12062 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12063 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12066 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12067 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12068 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12070 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12071 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12072 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12074 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12075 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12076 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12078 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12079 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12080 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12082 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12085 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12086 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12087 content of the bp_location array. */
12090 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12092 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12094 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12095 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12097 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12099 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12101 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12104 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12105 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12107 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12108 addr = bl->address - start;
12109 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12110 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12112 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12114 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12115 addr = end - bl->address;
12116 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12117 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12121 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12124 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12126 struct breakpoint *b;
12127 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12129 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12132 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12134 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12136 struct bp_location *bl;
12137 struct tracepoint *t;
12138 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12140 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12141 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12142 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12145 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12147 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12148 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12149 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12150 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12153 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12155 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12158 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12160 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12161 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12162 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12163 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12166 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12169 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12172 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12174 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12175 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12176 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12177 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12179 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12180 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12181 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12182 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12183 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12185 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12186 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12187 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12188 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12189 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12190 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12191 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12192 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12195 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12196 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12197 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12201 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12203 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12204 struct bp_location *loc;
12205 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12208 address = bl->address;
12209 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12211 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12212 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12213 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12215 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12216 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12219 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12220 the same program space as the location
12221 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12222 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12223 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12227 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12228 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12231 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12232 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12233 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12234 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12235 that have already been marked. */
12236 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12238 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12240 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12242 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12243 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12248 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12249 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12250 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12251 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12252 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12253 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12254 returns true on them.
12256 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12257 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12258 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12259 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12260 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12261 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12264 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12266 struct breakpoint *b;
12267 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12268 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12269 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12270 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12271 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12272 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12274 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12275 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12276 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12277 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12278 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12280 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12281 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12282 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12283 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12285 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12286 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12287 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12288 unsigned old_location_count;
12290 old_location = bp_location;
12291 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12292 bp_location = NULL;
12293 bp_location_count = 0;
12294 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12296 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12297 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12298 bp_location_count++;
12300 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12301 locp = bp_location;
12302 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12303 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12305 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12306 bp_location_compare);
12308 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12310 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12311 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12312 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12313 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12314 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12317 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12318 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12320 locp = bp_location;
12321 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12324 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12325 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12327 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12328 not, we have to free it. */
12329 int found_object = 0;
12330 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12331 int keep_in_target = 0;
12334 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12335 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12336 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12337 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12341 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12342 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12345 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12346 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12347 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12349 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12350 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12351 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12353 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12354 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12357 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12361 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12362 have to go through updates again. */
12363 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12365 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12367 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12369 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12370 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12371 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12372 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12373 at certain location is not inserted. */
12375 if (old_loc->inserted)
12377 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12380 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12382 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12383 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12384 keep_in_target = 1;
12388 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12389 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12390 remove its target-side condition. */
12392 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12393 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12394 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12395 this one from the target. */
12397 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12398 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12401 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12402 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12405 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12407 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12409 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12410 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12411 supported, but the latter are. */
12412 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12414 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12415 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12418 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12419 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12421 if (loc2 != old_loc
12422 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12424 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12425 keep_in_target = 1;
12433 if (!keep_in_target)
12435 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12437 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12438 this location on the global list, and try to
12439 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12440 reason why we will succeed next time.
12442 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12443 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12444 only after calling us. */
12445 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12446 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12447 old_loc->owner->number);
12455 if (removed && non_stop
12456 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12457 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12459 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12460 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12461 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12462 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12463 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12464 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12465 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12466 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12467 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12468 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12469 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12470 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12471 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12472 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12475 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12476 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12478 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12479 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12480 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12481 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12482 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12483 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12484 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12485 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12486 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12487 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12488 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12489 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12490 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12493 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12494 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12495 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12496 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12498 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12499 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12500 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12501 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12502 traps we can no longer explain. */
12504 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12505 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12507 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12511 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12512 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12517 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12518 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12519 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12520 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12521 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12522 are sorted first for the same address.
12524 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12525 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12527 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12528 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12529 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12530 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12531 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12533 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12535 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12538 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12539 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12540 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12541 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12542 `struct bp_location'. */
12543 || is_tracepoint (b))
12545 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12546 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12550 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12551 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12552 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12553 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12554 "actually inserted"));
12556 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12557 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12558 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12559 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12560 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12561 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12563 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12565 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12566 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12567 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12569 *loc_first_p = loc;
12570 loc->duplicate = 0;
12572 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12574 loc->needs_update = 1;
12575 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12576 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12582 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12583 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12584 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12586 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12587 loc->duplicate = 1;
12589 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12590 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12592 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12593 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12594 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12595 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12596 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12599 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12600 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12601 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12604 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12607 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12608 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12609 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12611 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12616 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12618 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12622 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12624 struct bp_location *loc;
12627 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12628 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12630 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12631 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12637 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12639 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12641 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12642 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12645 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12648 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12652 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12653 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12655 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12656 bs->old_val = NULL;
12657 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12661 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12663 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12665 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12667 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12671 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12675 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12677 struct value_print_options opts;
12679 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12681 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12683 if (b->loc == NULL)
12685 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12689 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12691 printf_filtered (" at ");
12692 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12695 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12697 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12699 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12700 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12701 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12702 b->loc->line_number);
12704 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12705 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12706 real situation somewhat. */
12707 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12712 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12714 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12716 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12721 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12724 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12726 xfree (self->cond);
12727 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12728 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12729 xfree (self->function_name);
12732 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12737 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12741 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12743 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12744 xfree (self->cond_string);
12745 xfree (self->extra_string);
12746 xfree (self->addr_string);
12747 xfree (self->filter);
12748 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12751 static struct bp_location *
12752 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12754 struct bp_location *loc;
12756 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12757 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12762 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12764 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12767 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12768 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12771 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12773 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12777 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12779 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12783 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12784 struct address_space *aspace,
12786 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12788 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12792 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12797 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12801 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12803 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12806 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12810 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12812 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12815 static enum print_stop_action
12816 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12818 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12822 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12823 struct ui_out *uiout)
12829 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12831 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12835 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12837 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12841 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12842 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12843 enum bptype type_wanted,
12847 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12851 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12852 struct linespec_result *c,
12854 char *extra_string,
12855 enum bptype type_wanted,
12856 enum bpdisp disposition,
12858 int task, int ignore_count,
12859 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12860 int from_tty, int enabled,
12861 int internal, unsigned flags)
12863 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12867 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12868 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12870 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12873 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12875 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12876 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
12878 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
12881 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12884 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12886 /* Nothing to do. */
12889 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12891 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12892 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12893 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12894 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12895 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12896 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12897 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12898 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12899 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12900 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12902 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12903 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12904 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12905 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12906 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12907 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12908 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
12909 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
12912 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12915 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12917 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12918 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12920 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12921 delete_breakpoint (b);
12925 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12929 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12931 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12932 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12935 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12940 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12942 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12943 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12945 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12949 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12950 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12951 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12953 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12954 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12957 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12961 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12962 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12963 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12970 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12972 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12977 static enum print_stop_action
12978 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12980 struct breakpoint *b;
12981 const struct bp_location *bl;
12983 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12985 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12987 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12988 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12990 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12991 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12992 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12995 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12997 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12999 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13000 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13002 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13003 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13004 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13006 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13007 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13009 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13013 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13015 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13020 case bp_breakpoint:
13021 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13022 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13023 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13025 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13026 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13027 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13028 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13030 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13031 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13034 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13042 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13044 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13045 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13046 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13047 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13048 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13049 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13050 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13051 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13052 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13054 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13055 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13057 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13058 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13062 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13063 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13064 enum bptype type_wanted,
13065 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13067 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13068 addr_start, copy_arg);
13072 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13073 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13075 char *extra_string,
13076 enum bptype type_wanted,
13077 enum bpdisp disposition,
13079 int task, int ignore_count,
13080 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13081 int from_tty, int enabled,
13082 int internal, unsigned flags)
13084 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13085 cond_string, extra_string,
13087 disposition, thread, task,
13088 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13089 enabled, internal, flags);
13093 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13094 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13096 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13099 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13102 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13106 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13107 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13108 case bp_overlay_event:
13109 case bp_longjmp_master:
13110 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13111 case bp_exception_master:
13112 delete_breakpoint (b);
13115 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13116 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13117 case bp_shlib_event:
13119 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13120 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13121 case bp_thread_event:
13127 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13129 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13131 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13132 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13133 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13134 objects (among other things). */
13135 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13136 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13142 static enum print_stop_action
13143 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13145 struct breakpoint *b;
13147 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13151 case bp_shlib_event:
13152 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13153 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13154 to shlib event" message.) */
13155 print_solib_event (0);
13158 case bp_thread_event:
13159 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13160 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13161 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13164 case bp_overlay_event:
13165 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13166 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13169 case bp_longjmp_master:
13170 /* These should never be enabled. */
13171 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13174 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13175 /* These should never be enabled. */
13176 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13177 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13180 case bp_exception_master:
13181 /* These should never be enabled. */
13182 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13183 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13187 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13191 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13193 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13196 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13199 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13201 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13202 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13203 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13204 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13208 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13210 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13213 static enum print_stop_action
13214 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13216 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13218 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13220 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13225 ui_out_field_string
13227 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13231 ui_out_field_string
13233 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13238 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13242 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13244 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13247 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13249 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13250 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13253 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13255 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13258 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13260 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13263 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13266 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13268 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13272 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13274 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13281 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13283 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13284 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13286 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13290 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13291 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13292 enum bptype type_wanted,
13293 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13295 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13297 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13299 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13300 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13302 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13306 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13307 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13309 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13311 error (_("probe not found"));
13314 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13317 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13319 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13323 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13324 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13325 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13327 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13333 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13334 struct ui_out *uiout)
13336 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13337 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13339 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13341 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13342 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13343 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13344 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13349 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13351 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13356 case bp_tracepoint:
13357 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13358 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13360 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13361 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13362 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13364 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13365 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13366 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13369 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13370 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13377 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13379 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13381 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13382 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13383 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13384 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13385 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13386 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13388 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13389 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13391 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13392 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13394 if (tp->pass_count)
13395 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13399 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13400 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13401 enum bptype type_wanted,
13402 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13404 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13405 addr_start, copy_arg);
13409 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13410 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13412 char *extra_string,
13413 enum bptype type_wanted,
13414 enum bpdisp disposition,
13416 int task, int ignore_count,
13417 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13418 int from_tty, int enabled,
13419 int internal, unsigned flags)
13421 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13422 cond_string, extra_string,
13424 disposition, thread, task,
13425 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13426 enabled, internal, flags);
13430 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13431 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13433 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13436 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13438 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13442 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13443 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13444 enum bptype type_wanted,
13445 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13447 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13448 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13449 addr_start, copy_arg);
13453 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13454 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13456 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13457 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13460 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13462 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13465 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13467 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13469 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13470 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13471 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13472 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13474 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13475 error (_("Format string required"));
13477 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13478 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13479 3 - disconnect from target 1
13480 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13482 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13483 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13484 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13485 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13486 it all the time. */
13487 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13488 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13491 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13494 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13496 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13498 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13501 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13504 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13505 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13506 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13507 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13508 address are all handled. */
13511 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13513 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13514 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13515 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13517 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13518 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13519 condition not be evaluated. */
13522 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13523 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13524 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13525 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13526 commands here throws. */
13527 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13528 bs->commands = NULL;
13529 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13531 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13533 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13534 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13536 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13539 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13543 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13544 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13545 enum bptype type_wanted,
13546 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13548 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13550 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13552 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13554 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13555 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13556 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13560 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13561 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13563 char *extra_string,
13564 enum bptype type_wanted,
13565 enum bpdisp disposition,
13567 int task, int ignore_count,
13568 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13569 int from_tty, int enabled,
13570 int internal, unsigned flags)
13573 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13574 canonical->sals, 0);
13576 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13577 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13578 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13579 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13580 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13581 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13583 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13585 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13586 struct tracepoint *tp;
13587 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13590 expanded.nelts = 1;
13591 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13593 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13594 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13596 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13597 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13599 cond_string, extra_string,
13600 type_wanted, disposition,
13601 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13602 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13603 canonical->special_display);
13604 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13605 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13606 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13607 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13608 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13609 corresponds to this one */
13610 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13612 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13614 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13619 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13620 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13622 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13624 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13625 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13627 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13631 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13634 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13637 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13639 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13642 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13646 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13648 struct breakpoint *b;
13650 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13652 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13653 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13656 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13657 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13658 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13659 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13660 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13663 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13664 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13665 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13666 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13668 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13671 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13672 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13673 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13675 struct breakpoint *related;
13676 struct watchpoint *w;
13678 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13679 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13680 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13681 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13685 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13687 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13688 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13689 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13690 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13691 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13694 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13695 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13696 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13697 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13699 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13701 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13702 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13704 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13705 if (b->next == bpt)
13707 b->next = bpt->next;
13711 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13713 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13714 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13715 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13716 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13717 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13718 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13719 commands won't work. */
13721 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13723 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13724 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13725 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13726 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13727 might be better design to have location completely
13728 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13729 update_global_location_list (0);
13731 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13732 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13733 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13734 bpt->type = bp_none;
13739 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13741 delete_breakpoint (b);
13745 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13747 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13750 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13751 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13754 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13755 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13759 struct breakpoint *related;
13764 struct breakpoint *next;
13766 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13767 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13769 if (next == related)
13771 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13772 function (related, data);
13774 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13775 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13780 function (related, data);
13784 while (related != b);
13788 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13790 delete_breakpoint (b);
13793 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13794 delete_breakpoint. */
13797 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13799 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13803 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13805 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13811 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13813 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13814 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13815 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13816 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13817 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13819 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13823 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13825 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13827 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13828 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13829 delete_breakpoint (b);
13833 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13837 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13839 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13840 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13841 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13846 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13847 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13848 Null names are ignored. */
13851 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13853 struct bp_location *l;
13854 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13855 (int (*) (const void *,
13856 const void *)) streq,
13857 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13859 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13862 const char *name = l->function_name;
13864 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13868 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13870 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13874 htab_delete (htab);
13880 htab_delete (htab);
13884 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13885 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13886 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13887 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13888 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13889 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13890 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13891 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13894 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13895 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13896 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13897 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13898 in the sources, and output a warning.
13900 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13901 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13902 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13903 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13904 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13907 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13908 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13909 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13910 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13911 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13912 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13913 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13914 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13915 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13917 static struct symtab_and_line
13918 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13920 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13921 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13926 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13928 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13930 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13931 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13933 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13935 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13936 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13937 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13942 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13944 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13946 && sal.symtab != NULL
13947 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13949 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13952 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13954 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13956 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13957 struct symbol *sym;
13958 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13959 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13961 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13963 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13964 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13966 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13967 "found at previous line number"),
13968 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13972 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13974 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13975 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13976 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13979 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13980 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13981 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13983 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
13984 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13985 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13987 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13989 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13991 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13994 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13995 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13997 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13998 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14000 xfree (b->addr_string);
14001 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14002 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
14003 b->loc->line_number);
14005 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14008 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14014 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14015 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14018 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14022 if (a->address != b->address)
14025 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14028 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14035 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14041 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14042 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14043 a ranged breakpoint. */
14046 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14047 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14048 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14051 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14053 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14055 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14057 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14058 update_global_location_list (1);
14059 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14060 "multiple locations found\n"),
14065 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14066 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14067 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14068 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14069 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14070 individual locations. */
14071 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14076 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14078 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14080 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14082 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14084 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14086 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14089 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14091 s = b->cond_string;
14092 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14094 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14095 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14100 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14101 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14102 b->number, e.message);
14103 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14107 if (sals_end.nelts)
14109 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14111 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14115 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14116 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14117 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14119 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14122 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14123 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14124 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14125 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14126 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14127 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14128 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14130 for (; e; e = e->next)
14132 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14134 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14135 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14137 for (; l; l = l->next)
14138 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14146 for (; l; l = l->next)
14147 if (l->function_name
14148 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14158 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14159 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14161 update_global_location_list (1);
14164 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14165 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14167 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14168 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14171 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14172 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14174 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14177 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14179 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14183 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14184 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14185 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14186 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14187 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14188 state, then user already saw the message about that
14189 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14191 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14192 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14193 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14194 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14195 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14196 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14198 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14200 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14201 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14202 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14203 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14204 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14205 which approach is better. */
14206 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14207 throw_exception (e);
14211 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14215 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14216 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14217 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14219 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14222 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14223 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14226 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14227 b->thread = thread;
14230 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14231 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14234 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14235 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14245 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14246 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14250 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14253 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14254 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14255 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14257 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14260 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14264 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14266 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14269 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14270 expanded_end = sals_end;
14274 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14277 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14278 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14281 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14282 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14283 enum bptype type_wanted,
14284 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14286 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14289 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14290 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14294 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14295 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14297 char *extra_string,
14298 enum bptype type_wanted,
14299 enum bpdisp disposition,
14301 int task, int ignore_count,
14302 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14303 int from_tty, int enabled,
14304 int internal, unsigned flags)
14306 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14308 type_wanted, disposition,
14309 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14310 enabled, internal, flags);
14313 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14314 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14317 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14318 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14320 struct linespec_result canonical;
14322 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14323 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14324 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14325 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14328 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14329 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14331 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14333 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14335 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14336 *sals = lsal->sals;
14337 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14339 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14342 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14345 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14347 static struct cleanup *
14348 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14350 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14352 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14353 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14354 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14355 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14356 set_language (b->language);
14361 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14362 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14363 Unused in this case. */
14366 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14368 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14369 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14370 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14372 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14373 b->ops->re_set (b);
14374 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14378 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14380 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14382 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14383 enum language save_language;
14384 int save_input_radix;
14385 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14387 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14388 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14389 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14391 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14393 /* Format possible error msg. */
14394 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14396 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14397 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14398 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14400 set_language (save_language);
14401 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14403 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14405 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14407 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14408 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14409 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14410 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14413 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14415 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14416 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14418 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14420 if (b->thread != -1)
14422 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14423 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14425 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14426 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14427 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14429 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14433 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14434 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14435 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14438 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14440 struct breakpoint *b;
14445 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14446 if (b->number == bptnum)
14448 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14450 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14451 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14456 b->ignore_count = count;
14460 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14461 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14463 else if (count == 1)
14464 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14467 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14468 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14471 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14475 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14478 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14481 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14487 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14489 num = get_number (&p);
14491 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14493 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14495 set_ignore_count (num,
14496 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14499 printf_filtered ("\n");
14502 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14503 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14506 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14511 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14513 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14516 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14518 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14520 while (!state.finished)
14522 char *p = state.string;
14526 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14529 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14533 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14534 if (b->number == num)
14537 function (b, data);
14541 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14546 static struct bp_location *
14547 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14549 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14553 struct breakpoint *b;
14554 struct bp_location *loc;
14559 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14561 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14563 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14564 if (b->number == bp_num)
14569 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14570 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14573 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14575 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14579 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14582 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14588 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14589 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14590 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14593 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14595 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14596 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14597 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14598 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14601 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14602 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14605 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14607 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14608 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14610 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14611 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14613 struct bp_location *location;
14615 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14616 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14619 update_global_location_list (0);
14621 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14624 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14627 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14629 disable_breakpoint (b);
14632 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14633 disable_breakpoint. */
14636 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14638 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14642 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14646 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14648 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14649 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14650 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14654 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14658 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14660 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14667 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14669 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14670 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14671 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14672 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14674 update_global_location_list (0);
14677 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14678 num = extract_arg (&args);
14684 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14687 int target_resources_ok;
14689 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14692 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14693 target_resources_ok =
14694 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14696 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14697 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14698 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14699 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14702 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14704 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14705 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14706 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14708 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14710 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14712 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14713 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14714 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14718 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14719 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14725 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14726 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14728 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14730 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14731 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14733 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14734 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14736 struct bp_location *location;
14738 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14739 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14742 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14743 bpt->enable_count = count;
14744 update_global_location_list (1);
14746 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14751 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14753 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14757 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14759 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14762 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14763 enable_breakpoint. */
14766 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14768 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14771 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14772 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14773 in stopping the inferior. */
14776 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14780 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14782 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14783 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14784 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14788 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14792 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14794 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14801 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14803 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14804 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14805 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14806 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14808 update_global_location_list (1);
14811 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14812 num = extract_arg (&args);
14817 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14827 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14829 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14831 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14835 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14837 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14839 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14843 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14845 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14849 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14851 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14853 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14857 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14859 int count = get_number (&args);
14861 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14865 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14867 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14869 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14873 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14875 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14879 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14884 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14888 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14889 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14893 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14894 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14895 const bfd_byte *data)
14897 struct breakpoint *bp;
14899 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14900 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14901 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14903 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14905 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14907 struct bp_location *loc;
14909 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14910 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14911 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14912 && addr + len > loc->address)
14914 value_free (wp->val);
14922 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14923 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14924 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14925 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14929 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14930 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14932 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14934 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14936 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14937 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14939 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14941 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14949 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14950 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14953 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14955 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14958 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14964 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14967 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14968 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14970 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14973 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14974 struct address_space *aspace,
14979 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14981 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14982 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14986 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14987 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14988 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14991 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14992 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14993 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14994 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14995 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14996 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14998 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14999 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
15000 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15001 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
15004 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15005 were inserted or not. */
15008 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15010 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
15011 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
15014 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15017 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15019 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
15021 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15023 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
15024 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
15025 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
15026 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
15028 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
15030 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
15031 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
15032 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
15033 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
15037 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15038 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15039 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15043 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15047 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15048 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15050 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15051 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
15052 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
15056 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15060 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15064 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15065 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15066 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
15067 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15070 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15074 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15079 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15081 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15083 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15084 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15092 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15093 non-zero otherwise. */
15095 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15097 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15098 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15099 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15106 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15108 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15109 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15111 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15115 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15117 struct breakpoint *bp;
15119 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15120 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15122 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15124 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15128 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15130 if (syscall_number == iter)
15140 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15141 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15142 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15143 const char *text, const char *word)
15145 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15146 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15147 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15153 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15155 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15157 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15159 tracepoint_count = num;
15160 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15164 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15166 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15167 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15169 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15170 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15172 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15174 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15176 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15178 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15179 0 /* Ignore count */,
15180 pending_break_support,
15184 0 /* internal */, 0);
15188 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15190 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15192 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15194 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15195 0 /* Ignore count */,
15196 pending_break_support,
15197 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15200 0 /* internal */, 0);
15203 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15206 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15208 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15210 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15211 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15212 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15213 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15215 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15217 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15219 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15221 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15222 0 /* Ignore count */,
15223 pending_break_support,
15227 0 /* internal */, 0);
15230 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15231 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15233 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15234 static int next_cmd;
15237 read_uploaded_action (void)
15241 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15248 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15249 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15250 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15251 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15252 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15254 struct tracepoint *
15255 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15257 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15258 struct tracepoint *tp;
15260 if (utp->at_string)
15261 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15264 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15265 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15266 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15268 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15269 "source location, using raw address"),
15271 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15272 addr_str = small_buf;
15275 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15276 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15277 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15278 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15281 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15283 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15284 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15286 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15287 0 /* Ignore count */,
15288 pending_break_support,
15289 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15291 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15293 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15296 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15297 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15298 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15302 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15305 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15308 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15309 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15310 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15312 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15314 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15319 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15321 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15323 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15324 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15325 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15326 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15329 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15330 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15331 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15336 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15340 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15342 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15345 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15347 if (num_printed == 0)
15349 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15350 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15352 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15355 default_collect_info ();
15358 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15359 Not supported by all targets. */
15361 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15363 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15366 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15367 Not supported by all targets. */
15369 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15371 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15374 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15376 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15378 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15384 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15386 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15387 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15388 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15390 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15391 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15393 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15397 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15399 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15401 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15402 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15403 delete_breakpoint (b);
15407 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15410 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15413 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15415 tp->pass_count = count;
15416 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15418 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15419 tp->base.number, count);
15422 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15424 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15425 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15426 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15429 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15431 struct tracepoint *t1;
15432 unsigned int count;
15434 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15435 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15436 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15438 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15440 args = skip_spaces (args);
15441 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15443 struct breakpoint *b;
15445 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15447 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15449 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15451 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15452 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15455 else if (*args == '\0')
15457 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15459 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15463 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15465 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15466 while (!state.finished)
15468 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15470 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15475 struct tracepoint *
15476 get_tracepoint (int num)
15478 struct breakpoint *t;
15480 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15481 if (t->number == num)
15482 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15487 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15488 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15491 struct tracepoint *
15492 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15494 struct breakpoint *b;
15496 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15498 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15500 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15507 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15508 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15509 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15510 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15511 struct tracepoint *
15512 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15513 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15516 struct breakpoint *t;
15518 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15522 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15523 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15525 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15528 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15530 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15533 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15537 if (instring && *instring)
15538 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15541 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15542 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15546 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15547 if (t->number == tpnum)
15549 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15552 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15557 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15559 if (b->thread != -1)
15560 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15563 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15565 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15568 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15569 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15570 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15574 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15575 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15577 struct breakpoint *tp;
15579 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15580 struct ui_file *fp;
15581 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15583 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15584 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15586 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15587 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15589 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15590 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15593 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15594 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15599 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15601 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15603 /* We can stop searching. */
15610 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15614 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15615 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15616 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15618 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15619 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15620 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15622 if (extra_trace_bits)
15623 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15625 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15627 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15628 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15631 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15632 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15635 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15637 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15638 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15641 if (tp->cond_string)
15642 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15644 if (tp->ignore_count)
15645 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15647 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15649 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15651 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15653 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15654 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15656 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15658 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15661 throw_exception (ex);
15663 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15666 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15667 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15669 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15670 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15671 special, and not user visible. */
15672 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15674 struct bp_location *loc;
15677 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15679 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15683 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15684 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15687 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15688 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15691 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15694 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15696 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15699 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15702 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15704 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15707 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15709 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15710 all_tracepoints (void)
15712 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15713 struct breakpoint *tp;
15715 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15717 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15724 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15725 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15726 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15728 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15729 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15730 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15731 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15732 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15733 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15734 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15735 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15736 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15737 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15738 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15740 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15741 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15743 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15744 conditions are different.\n\
15746 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15748 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15749 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15751 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15752 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15755 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15756 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15757 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15758 completer_ftype *completer,
15759 void *user_data_catch,
15760 void *user_data_tcatch)
15762 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15764 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15766 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15767 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15768 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15770 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15772 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15773 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15774 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15778 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15780 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15781 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15783 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15784 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15785 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15789 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15791 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15792 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15793 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15796 struct breakpoint *
15797 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15800 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15802 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15804 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15811 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15812 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15815 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15817 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15818 non-inline function. */
15819 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15825 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15826 have been inlined. */
15829 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15830 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15832 struct breakpoint *b;
15833 struct bp_location *bl;
15835 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15837 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15840 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15842 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15843 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15851 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15854 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15856 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15858 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15859 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
15860 loc->symtab = NULL;
15864 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15866 static int initialized = 0;
15868 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15874 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15875 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15876 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15877 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15878 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15879 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15880 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15881 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15882 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15883 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15884 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15885 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15887 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15888 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15889 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15890 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15891 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15892 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15893 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15894 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15896 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15897 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15898 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15899 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15900 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15901 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15902 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15903 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15904 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15905 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15907 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15908 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15909 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15910 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15911 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15912 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15913 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15915 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15916 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15917 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15918 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15919 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15920 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15921 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15923 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15924 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15925 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15926 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15928 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15929 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15930 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15931 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15932 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15933 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15934 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15937 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15938 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15939 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15940 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15941 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15942 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15943 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15944 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15945 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15946 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15947 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15948 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15949 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15950 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
15952 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15953 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15954 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15955 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15956 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15957 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15958 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15959 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15960 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15961 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15962 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15965 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15966 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15967 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15968 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15969 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15970 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15971 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15972 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15973 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15974 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15976 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15977 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15978 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15979 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15980 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15982 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15983 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15984 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15985 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15986 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15987 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15989 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15990 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15991 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15992 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15993 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15994 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15995 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15996 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15997 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15998 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16000 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16001 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16002 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16003 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16004 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16005 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16006 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16007 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16008 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16009 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16011 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16012 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16013 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16014 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16015 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16016 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16017 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16018 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16019 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16020 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16021 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16023 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16024 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
16025 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16026 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
16027 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
16028 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
16029 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
16030 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
16031 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
16032 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
16033 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
16035 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16036 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16037 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16038 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16039 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16040 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16041 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16042 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16043 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16044 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16045 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16046 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16048 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16049 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16050 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16051 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16052 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16053 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16054 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16055 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16058 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16060 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16063 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16065 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16067 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16069 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16070 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16071 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16072 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16074 breakpoint_objfile_key
16075 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16077 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16078 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16079 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16081 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16082 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16083 before a breakpoint is set. */
16084 breakpoint_count = 0;
16086 tracepoint_count = 0;
16088 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16089 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16090 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16092 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16094 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16095 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16096 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16097 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16098 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16099 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16100 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16101 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16103 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16104 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16105 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16106 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16107 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16109 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16110 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16111 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16112 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16113 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16115 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16116 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16118 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16119 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16120 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16121 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16123 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16124 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16126 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16127 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16128 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16129 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16131 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16132 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16134 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16135 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16136 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16137 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16138 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16139 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16140 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16142 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16143 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16144 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16145 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16146 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16147 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16149 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16151 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16152 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16153 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16154 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16155 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16156 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16158 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16159 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16160 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16163 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16164 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16165 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16168 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16169 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16170 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16171 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16174 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16175 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16176 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16179 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16180 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16181 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16184 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16185 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16186 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16187 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16190 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16191 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16192 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16193 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16194 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16195 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16196 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16197 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16199 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16200 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16201 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16202 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16203 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16205 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16206 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16207 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16208 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16209 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16210 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16213 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16214 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16215 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16216 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16218 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16219 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16220 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16221 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16222 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16224 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16225 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16226 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16227 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16229 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16230 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16231 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16232 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16233 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16236 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16237 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16238 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16239 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16240 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16241 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16243 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16244 is executing in.\n\
16246 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16247 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16249 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16250 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16251 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16252 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16254 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16255 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16256 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16257 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16260 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16264 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16265 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16266 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16267 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16268 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16269 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16270 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16271 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16272 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16273 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16274 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16275 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16276 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16277 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16278 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16279 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16281 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16282 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16283 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16284 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16285 breakpoint set."));
16288 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16289 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16290 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16291 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16292 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16293 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16294 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16295 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16296 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16298 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16299 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16300 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16301 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16302 breakpoint set."));
16304 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16307 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16308 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16309 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16310 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16311 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16312 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16313 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16314 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16315 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16317 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16318 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16319 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16320 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16321 breakpoint set."));
16323 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16324 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16325 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16326 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16327 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16328 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16329 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16330 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16331 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16332 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16333 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16334 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16335 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16337 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16338 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16339 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16340 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16342 &maintenanceinfolist);
16344 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16345 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16346 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16347 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16349 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16350 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16351 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16352 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16354 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16355 catch_fork_command_1,
16357 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16358 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16359 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16360 catch_fork_command_1,
16362 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16363 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16364 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16365 catch_exec_command_1,
16369 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16370 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16371 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16372 catch_load_command_1,
16376 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16377 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16378 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16379 catch_unload_command_1,
16383 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16384 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16385 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16386 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16387 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16388 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16389 catch_syscall_command_1,
16390 catch_syscall_completer,
16394 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16395 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16396 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16397 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16398 an expression changes.\n\
16399 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16400 the memory to which it refers."));
16401 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16403 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16404 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16405 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16406 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16407 an expression is read.\n\
16408 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16409 the memory to which it refers."));
16410 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16412 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16413 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16414 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16415 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16416 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16417 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16418 the memory to which it refers."));
16419 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16421 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16422 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16424 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16425 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16426 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16427 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16428 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16429 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16430 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16431 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16432 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16435 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16436 &setlist, &showlist);
16438 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16440 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16442 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16443 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16445 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16446 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16447 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16449 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16450 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16451 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16452 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16454 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16455 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16457 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16458 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16459 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16461 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16462 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16464 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16465 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16466 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16467 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16468 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16469 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16470 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16471 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16472 the selected stack frame.\n\
16473 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16474 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16475 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16476 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16478 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16480 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16481 conditions are different.\n\
16483 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16484 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16485 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16487 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16488 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16489 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16490 last tracepoint set."));
16492 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16494 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16495 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16496 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16497 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16499 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16501 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16502 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16503 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16504 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16506 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16508 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16509 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16510 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16511 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16513 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16515 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16516 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16517 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16518 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16519 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16521 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16522 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16523 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16524 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16526 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16527 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16528 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16529 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16530 session to restore them."),
16532 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16534 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16535 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16536 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16538 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16540 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16541 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16543 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16544 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16545 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16546 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16547 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16548 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16549 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16550 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16551 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16552 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16553 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16554 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16556 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16557 &pending_break_support, _("\
16558 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16559 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16560 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16561 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16562 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16563 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16565 show_pending_break_support,
16566 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16567 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16569 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16571 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16572 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16573 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16574 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16575 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16576 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16577 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16579 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16580 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16581 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16583 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16584 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16585 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16586 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16587 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16588 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16589 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16590 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16591 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16592 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16593 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16594 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16596 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16597 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16598 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16600 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16601 condition_evaluation_enums,
16602 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16603 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16604 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16605 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16606 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16607 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16608 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16609 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16610 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16611 be set to \"gdb\""),
16612 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16613 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16614 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16615 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16617 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16618 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16619 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16620 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16621 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16622 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16623 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16624 or the start of the range\n\
16625 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16626 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16627 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16629 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16630 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16631 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16633 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16634 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16635 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16636 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16637 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16638 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16639 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16641 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16642 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16643 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16644 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16645 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16646 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16647 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16648 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16649 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16650 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16651 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16652 &setlist, &showlist);
16654 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16655 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16656 &dprintf_function, _("\
16657 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16658 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16659 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16660 &setlist, &showlist);
16662 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16663 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16664 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16665 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16666 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16667 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16668 &setlist, &showlist);
16670 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16671 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16672 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16673 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16674 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16675 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16678 &setlist, &showlist);
16680 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16681 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16682 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16684 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16686 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16687 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);